1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD.
|
---|
2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
|
---|
3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
---|
4 |
|
---|
5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
---|
6 |
|
---|
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
---|
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
---|
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
---|
10 | (at your option) any later version.
|
---|
11 |
|
---|
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
---|
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
---|
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
---|
15 | GNU General Public License for more details.
|
---|
16 |
|
---|
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
---|
18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
---|
19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
---|
20 |
|
---|
21 | /*
|
---|
22 |
|
---|
23 | SECTION
|
---|
24 | ELF backends
|
---|
25 |
|
---|
26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
|
---|
27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
|
---|
28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
|
---|
29 |
|
---|
30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
|
---|
31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
|
---|
32 | haven't bothered yet.
|
---|
33 | */
|
---|
34 |
|
---|
35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
|
---|
36 | #define _SYSCALL32
|
---|
37 | #include "bfd.h"
|
---|
38 | #include "sysdep.h"
|
---|
39 | #include "bfdlink.h"
|
---|
40 | #include "libbfd.h"
|
---|
41 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0
|
---|
42 | #include "elf-bfd.h"
|
---|
43 |
|
---|
44 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping
|
---|
45 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, boolean));
|
---|
46 | static boolean map_sections_to_segments PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
47 | static int elf_sort_sections PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
|
---|
48 | static boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
49 | static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
50 | static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
51 | static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int));
|
---|
52 | static boolean copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
|
---|
53 | static char *elf_read PARAMS ((bfd *, long, unsigned int));
|
---|
54 | static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
|
---|
55 | static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
56 | static INLINE int sym_is_global PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
|
---|
57 | static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
58 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
---|
59 | static boolean elfcore_read_notes PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma));
|
---|
60 | static boolean elf_find_function PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *,
|
---|
61 | asymbol **,
|
---|
62 | bfd_vma, const char **,
|
---|
63 | const char **));
|
---|
64 |
|
---|
65 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
|
---|
66 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
|
---|
67 | need to move into elfcode.h. */
|
---|
68 |
|
---|
69 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
|
---|
70 |
|
---|
71 | void
|
---|
72 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
73 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
74 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src;
|
---|
75 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst;
|
---|
76 | {
|
---|
77 | dst->vd_version = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
|
---|
78 | dst->vd_flags = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
|
---|
79 | dst->vd_ndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
|
---|
80 | dst->vd_cnt = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
|
---|
81 | dst->vd_hash = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
|
---|
82 | dst->vd_aux = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
|
---|
83 | dst->vd_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
|
---|
84 | }
|
---|
85 |
|
---|
86 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
|
---|
87 |
|
---|
88 | void
|
---|
89 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
90 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
91 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src;
|
---|
92 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst;
|
---|
93 | {
|
---|
94 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
|
---|
95 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
|
---|
96 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
|
---|
97 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
|
---|
98 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
|
---|
99 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
|
---|
100 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
|
---|
101 | }
|
---|
102 |
|
---|
103 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
|
---|
104 |
|
---|
105 | void
|
---|
106 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
107 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
108 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src;
|
---|
109 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst;
|
---|
110 | {
|
---|
111 | dst->vda_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
|
---|
112 | dst->vda_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
|
---|
113 | }
|
---|
114 |
|
---|
115 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
|
---|
116 |
|
---|
117 | void
|
---|
118 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
119 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
120 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src;
|
---|
121 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst;
|
---|
122 | {
|
---|
123 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
|
---|
124 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
|
---|
125 | }
|
---|
126 |
|
---|
127 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
|
---|
128 |
|
---|
129 | void
|
---|
130 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
131 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
132 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src;
|
---|
133 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst;
|
---|
134 | {
|
---|
135 | dst->vn_version = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
|
---|
136 | dst->vn_cnt = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
|
---|
137 | dst->vn_file = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
|
---|
138 | dst->vn_aux = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
|
---|
139 | dst->vn_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
|
---|
140 | }
|
---|
141 |
|
---|
142 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
|
---|
143 |
|
---|
144 | void
|
---|
145 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
146 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
147 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src;
|
---|
148 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst;
|
---|
149 | {
|
---|
150 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
|
---|
151 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
|
---|
152 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
|
---|
153 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
|
---|
154 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
|
---|
155 | }
|
---|
156 |
|
---|
157 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
|
---|
158 |
|
---|
159 | void
|
---|
160 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
161 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
162 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src;
|
---|
163 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst;
|
---|
164 | {
|
---|
165 | dst->vna_hash = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
|
---|
166 | dst->vna_flags = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
|
---|
167 | dst->vna_other = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
|
---|
168 | dst->vna_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
|
---|
169 | dst->vna_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
|
---|
170 | }
|
---|
171 |
|
---|
172 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
|
---|
173 |
|
---|
174 | void
|
---|
175 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
176 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
177 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src;
|
---|
178 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst;
|
---|
179 | {
|
---|
180 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
|
---|
181 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
|
---|
182 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
|
---|
183 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
|
---|
184 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
|
---|
185 | }
|
---|
186 |
|
---|
187 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
|
---|
188 |
|
---|
189 | void
|
---|
190 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
191 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
192 | const Elf_External_Versym *src;
|
---|
193 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst;
|
---|
194 | {
|
---|
195 | dst->vs_vers = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
|
---|
196 | }
|
---|
197 |
|
---|
198 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
|
---|
199 |
|
---|
200 | void
|
---|
201 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst)
|
---|
202 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
203 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src;
|
---|
204 | Elf_External_Versym *dst;
|
---|
205 | {
|
---|
206 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
|
---|
207 | }
|
---|
208 |
|
---|
209 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
|
---|
210 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
|
---|
211 |
|
---|
212 | unsigned long
|
---|
213 | bfd_elf_hash (namearg)
|
---|
214 | const char *namearg;
|
---|
215 | {
|
---|
216 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
|
---|
217 | unsigned long h = 0;
|
---|
218 | unsigned long g;
|
---|
219 | int ch;
|
---|
220 |
|
---|
221 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
|
---|
222 | {
|
---|
223 | h = (h << 4) + ch;
|
---|
224 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
|
---|
225 | {
|
---|
226 | h ^= g >> 24;
|
---|
227 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
|
---|
228 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
|
---|
229 | h ^= g;
|
---|
230 | }
|
---|
231 | }
|
---|
232 | return h;
|
---|
233 | }
|
---|
234 |
|
---|
235 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF
|
---|
236 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the
|
---|
237 | buffer. */
|
---|
238 |
|
---|
239 | static char *
|
---|
240 | elf_read (abfd, offset, size)
|
---|
241 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
242 | long offset;
|
---|
243 | unsigned int size;
|
---|
244 | {
|
---|
245 | char *buf;
|
---|
246 |
|
---|
247 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL)
|
---|
248 | return NULL;
|
---|
249 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
---|
250 | return NULL;
|
---|
251 | if (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, size, 1, abfd) != size)
|
---|
252 | {
|
---|
253 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
|
---|
254 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
---|
255 | return NULL;
|
---|
256 | }
|
---|
257 | return buf;
|
---|
258 | }
|
---|
259 |
|
---|
260 | boolean
|
---|
261 | bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd)
|
---|
262 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
263 | {
|
---|
264 | /* This just does initialization. */
|
---|
265 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
|
---|
266 | elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *)
|
---|
267 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
|
---|
268 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
269 | return false;
|
---|
270 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
|
---|
271 | initialization? */
|
---|
272 |
|
---|
273 | return true;
|
---|
274 | }
|
---|
275 |
|
---|
276 | boolean
|
---|
277 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (abfd)
|
---|
278 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
279 | {
|
---|
280 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
|
---|
281 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
|
---|
282 | }
|
---|
283 |
|
---|
284 | char *
|
---|
285 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex)
|
---|
286 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
287 | unsigned int shindex;
|
---|
288 | {
|
---|
289 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
290 | char *shstrtab = NULL;
|
---|
291 | unsigned int offset;
|
---|
292 | unsigned int shstrtabsize;
|
---|
293 |
|
---|
294 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
295 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
|
---|
296 | return 0;
|
---|
297 |
|
---|
298 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
|
---|
299 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
---|
300 | {
|
---|
301 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
|
---|
302 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
|
---|
303 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
|
---|
304 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize);
|
---|
305 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab;
|
---|
306 | }
|
---|
307 | return shstrtab;
|
---|
308 | }
|
---|
309 |
|
---|
310 | char *
|
---|
311 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex)
|
---|
312 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
313 | unsigned int shindex;
|
---|
314 | unsigned int strindex;
|
---|
315 | {
|
---|
316 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
317 |
|
---|
318 | if (strindex == 0)
|
---|
319 | return "";
|
---|
320 |
|
---|
321 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
---|
322 |
|
---|
323 | if (hdr->contents == NULL
|
---|
324 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
|
---|
325 | return NULL;
|
---|
326 |
|
---|
327 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
328 | {
|
---|
329 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
330 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
|
---|
331 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
|
---|
332 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx
|
---|
333 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name)
|
---|
334 | ? ".shstrtab"
|
---|
335 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)));
|
---|
336 | return "";
|
---|
337 | }
|
---|
338 |
|
---|
339 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
|
---|
340 | }
|
---|
341 |
|
---|
342 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
|
---|
343 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
|
---|
344 |
|
---|
345 | boolean
|
---|
346 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
|
---|
347 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
348 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
349 | const char *name;
|
---|
350 | {
|
---|
351 | asection *newsect;
|
---|
352 | flagword flags;
|
---|
353 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
354 |
|
---|
355 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
---|
356 | {
|
---|
357 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
|
---|
358 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
|
---|
359 | return true;
|
---|
360 | }
|
---|
361 |
|
---|
362 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
|
---|
363 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
---|
364 | return false;
|
---|
365 |
|
---|
366 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
---|
367 |
|
---|
368 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
|
---|
369 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
370 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
|
---|
371 | bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
|
---|
372 | return false;
|
---|
373 |
|
---|
374 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
|
---|
375 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
---|
376 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
377 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
378 | {
|
---|
379 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
---|
380 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
---|
381 | flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
---|
382 | }
|
---|
383 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
|
---|
384 | flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
---|
385 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
|
---|
386 | flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
---|
387 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
388 | flags |= SEC_DATA;
|
---|
389 |
|
---|
390 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not
|
---|
391 | any sort of flag. */
|
---|
392 | {
|
---|
393 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] =
|
---|
394 | {
|
---|
395 | ".debug",
|
---|
396 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.",
|
---|
397 | ".line",
|
---|
398 | ".stab"
|
---|
399 | };
|
---|
400 | int i;
|
---|
401 |
|
---|
402 | for (i = sizeof (debug_sec_names) / sizeof (debug_sec_names[0]); i--;)
|
---|
403 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0)
|
---|
404 | break;
|
---|
405 |
|
---|
406 | if (i >= 0)
|
---|
407 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
---|
408 | }
|
---|
409 |
|
---|
410 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
|
---|
411 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
|
---|
412 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
|
---|
413 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
|
---|
414 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
|
---|
415 | all but one of the sections. */
|
---|
416 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
|
---|
417 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
---|
418 |
|
---|
419 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
420 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
|
---|
421 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
|
---|
422 | return false;
|
---|
423 |
|
---|
424 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
|
---|
425 | return false;
|
---|
426 |
|
---|
427 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
428 | {
|
---|
429 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
|
---|
430 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
431 |
|
---|
432 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
|
---|
433 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
|
---|
434 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */
|
---|
435 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
---|
436 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
---|
437 | {
|
---|
438 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
|
---|
439 | break;
|
---|
440 | }
|
---|
441 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
|
---|
442 | {
|
---|
443 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
---|
444 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
---|
445 | {
|
---|
446 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
447 | && phdr->p_vaddr != phdr->p_paddr
|
---|
448 | && phdr->p_vaddr <= hdr->sh_addr
|
---|
449 | && (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz
|
---|
450 | >= hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
451 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
---|
452 | || (phdr->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset
|
---|
453 | && (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz
|
---|
454 | >= hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size))))
|
---|
455 | {
|
---|
456 | newsect->lma += phdr->p_paddr - phdr->p_vaddr;
|
---|
457 | break;
|
---|
458 | }
|
---|
459 | }
|
---|
460 | }
|
---|
461 | }
|
---|
462 |
|
---|
463 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
---|
464 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
465 |
|
---|
466 | return true;
|
---|
467 | }
|
---|
468 |
|
---|
469 | /*
|
---|
470 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION
|
---|
471 | bfd_elf_find_section
|
---|
472 |
|
---|
473 | SYNOPSIS
|
---|
474 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | DESCRIPTION
|
---|
477 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
|
---|
478 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
|
---|
479 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
|
---|
480 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
|
---|
481 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
|
---|
482 | */
|
---|
483 |
|
---|
484 | struct elf_internal_shdr *
|
---|
485 | bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name)
|
---|
486 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
487 | char *name;
|
---|
488 | {
|
---|
489 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
490 | char *shstrtab;
|
---|
491 | unsigned int max;
|
---|
492 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
493 |
|
---|
494 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
495 | if (i_shdrp != NULL)
|
---|
496 | {
|
---|
497 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section
|
---|
498 | (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
|
---|
499 | if (shstrtab != NULL)
|
---|
500 | {
|
---|
501 | max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
|
---|
502 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
|
---|
503 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
|
---|
504 | return i_shdrp[i];
|
---|
505 | }
|
---|
506 | }
|
---|
507 | return 0;
|
---|
508 | }
|
---|
509 |
|
---|
510 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
|
---|
511 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
|
---|
512 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
|
---|
513 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
|
---|
514 | };
|
---|
515 |
|
---|
516 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable
|
---|
517 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
|
---|
518 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
|
---|
519 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
|
---|
520 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
|
---|
521 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
|
---|
522 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
|
---|
523 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
|
---|
524 | relocateable output against an external symbol. */
|
---|
525 |
|
---|
526 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
---|
527 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd,
|
---|
528 | reloc_entry,
|
---|
529 | symbol,
|
---|
530 | data,
|
---|
531 | input_section,
|
---|
532 | output_bfd,
|
---|
533 | error_message)
|
---|
534 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
535 | arelent *reloc_entry;
|
---|
536 | asymbol *symbol;
|
---|
537 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
538 | asection *input_section;
|
---|
539 | bfd *output_bfd;
|
---|
540 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
541 | {
|
---|
542 | if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL
|
---|
543 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
---|
544 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
|
---|
545 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
|
---|
546 | {
|
---|
547 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
---|
548 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
---|
549 | }
|
---|
550 |
|
---|
551 | return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
---|
552 | }
|
---|
553 | |
---|
554 |
|
---|
555 | /* Print out the program headers. */
|
---|
556 |
|
---|
557 | boolean
|
---|
558 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg)
|
---|
559 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
560 | PTR farg;
|
---|
561 | {
|
---|
562 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
|
---|
563 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
---|
564 | asection *s;
|
---|
565 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
---|
566 |
|
---|
567 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
---|
568 | if (p != NULL)
|
---|
569 | {
|
---|
570 | unsigned int i, c;
|
---|
571 |
|
---|
572 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
|
---|
573 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
---|
574 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
|
---|
575 | {
|
---|
576 | const char *s;
|
---|
577 | char buf[20];
|
---|
578 |
|
---|
579 | switch (p->p_type)
|
---|
580 | {
|
---|
581 | case PT_NULL: s = "NULL"; break;
|
---|
582 | case PT_LOAD: s = "LOAD"; break;
|
---|
583 | case PT_DYNAMIC: s = "DYNAMIC"; break;
|
---|
584 | case PT_INTERP: s = "INTERP"; break;
|
---|
585 | case PT_NOTE: s = "NOTE"; break;
|
---|
586 | case PT_SHLIB: s = "SHLIB"; break;
|
---|
587 | case PT_PHDR: s = "PHDR"; break;
|
---|
588 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); s = buf; break;
|
---|
589 | }
|
---|
590 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", s);
|
---|
591 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_offset);
|
---|
592 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
|
---|
593 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_vaddr);
|
---|
594 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
|
---|
595 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_paddr);
|
---|
596 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
|
---|
597 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
|
---|
598 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_filesz);
|
---|
599 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
|
---|
600 | fprintf_vma (f, p->p_memsz);
|
---|
601 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
|
---|
602 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
|
---|
603 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
|
---|
604 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
|
---|
605 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
|
---|
606 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
|
---|
607 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
---|
608 | }
|
---|
609 | }
|
---|
610 |
|
---|
611 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
---|
612 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
613 | {
|
---|
614 | int elfsec;
|
---|
615 | unsigned long link;
|
---|
616 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
---|
617 | size_t extdynsize;
|
---|
618 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
---|
619 |
|
---|
620 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
|
---|
621 |
|
---|
622 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
---|
623 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
---|
624 | goto error_return;
|
---|
625 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
---|
626 | s->_raw_size))
|
---|
627 | goto error_return;
|
---|
628 |
|
---|
629 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
---|
630 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
---|
631 | goto error_return;
|
---|
632 | link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
---|
633 |
|
---|
634 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
---|
635 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
---|
636 |
|
---|
637 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
---|
638 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
---|
639 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
---|
640 | {
|
---|
641 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
---|
642 | const char *name;
|
---|
643 | char ab[20];
|
---|
644 | boolean stringp;
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
---|
647 |
|
---|
648 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
---|
649 | break;
|
---|
650 |
|
---|
651 | stringp = false;
|
---|
652 | switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
---|
653 | {
|
---|
654 | default:
|
---|
655 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
|
---|
656 | name = ab;
|
---|
657 | break;
|
---|
658 |
|
---|
659 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
660 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
|
---|
661 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
|
---|
662 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
|
---|
663 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
|
---|
664 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
|
---|
665 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
|
---|
666 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
|
---|
667 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
|
---|
668 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
|
---|
669 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
|
---|
670 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
|
---|
671 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
|
---|
672 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
673 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
674 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
|
---|
675 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
|
---|
676 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
|
---|
677 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
|
---|
678 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
|
---|
679 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
|
---|
680 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
|
---|
681 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
|
---|
682 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
|
---|
683 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
---|
684 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
|
---|
685 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
---|
686 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
---|
687 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
688 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
|
---|
689 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
---|
690 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
---|
691 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
|
---|
692 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
|
---|
693 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
|
---|
694 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
|
---|
695 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
|
---|
696 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
|
---|
697 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
|
---|
698 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
|
---|
699 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
700 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
701 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
702 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
|
---|
703 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
|
---|
704 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
|
---|
705 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
|
---|
706 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
|
---|
707 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
|
---|
708 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
|
---|
709 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
|
---|
710 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
|
---|
711 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
|
---|
712 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
|
---|
713 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
714 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
|
---|
715 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = true; break;
|
---|
716 | }
|
---|
717 |
|
---|
718 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
|
---|
719 | if (! stringp)
|
---|
720 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
---|
721 | else
|
---|
722 | {
|
---|
723 | const char *string;
|
---|
724 |
|
---|
725 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
|
---|
726 | dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
---|
727 | if (string == NULL)
|
---|
728 | goto error_return;
|
---|
729 | fprintf (f, "%s", string);
|
---|
730 | }
|
---|
731 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
---|
732 | }
|
---|
733 |
|
---|
734 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
735 | dynbuf = NULL;
|
---|
736 | }
|
---|
737 |
|
---|
738 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
---|
739 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
|
---|
740 | {
|
---|
741 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd))
|
---|
742 | return false;
|
---|
743 | }
|
---|
744 |
|
---|
745 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
746 | {
|
---|
747 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
|
---|
748 |
|
---|
749 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
|
---|
750 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
|
---|
751 | {
|
---|
752 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
|
---|
753 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename);
|
---|
754 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
|
---|
755 | {
|
---|
756 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
|
---|
757 |
|
---|
758 | fprintf (f, "\t");
|
---|
759 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
|
---|
760 | a != NULL;
|
---|
761 | a = a->vda_nextptr)
|
---|
762 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename);
|
---|
763 | fprintf (f, "\n");
|
---|
764 | }
|
---|
765 | }
|
---|
766 | }
|
---|
767 |
|
---|
768 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
769 | {
|
---|
770 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
---|
771 |
|
---|
772 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
|
---|
773 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
|
---|
774 | {
|
---|
775 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
---|
776 |
|
---|
777 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename);
|
---|
778 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
---|
779 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
|
---|
780 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename);
|
---|
781 | }
|
---|
782 | }
|
---|
783 |
|
---|
784 | return true;
|
---|
785 |
|
---|
786 | error_return:
|
---|
787 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
---|
788 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
789 | return false;
|
---|
790 | }
|
---|
791 |
|
---|
792 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
|
---|
793 |
|
---|
794 | void
|
---|
795 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how)
|
---|
796 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
797 | PTR filep;
|
---|
798 | asymbol *symbol;
|
---|
799 | bfd_print_symbol_type how;
|
---|
800 | {
|
---|
801 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
|
---|
802 | switch (how)
|
---|
803 | {
|
---|
804 | case bfd_print_symbol_name:
|
---|
805 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
|
---|
806 | break;
|
---|
807 | case bfd_print_symbol_more:
|
---|
808 | fprintf (file, "elf ");
|
---|
809 | fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value);
|
---|
810 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
|
---|
811 | break;
|
---|
812 | case bfd_print_symbol_all:
|
---|
813 | {
|
---|
814 | const char *section_name;
|
---|
815 | const char *name = NULL;
|
---|
816 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
817 | unsigned char st_other;
|
---|
818 |
|
---|
819 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
|
---|
820 |
|
---|
821 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
822 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
|
---|
823 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
826 | {
|
---|
827 | name = symbol->name;
|
---|
828 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
|
---|
829 | }
|
---|
830 |
|
---|
831 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
|
---|
832 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
|
---|
833 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
|
---|
834 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
|
---|
835 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */
|
---|
836 | fprintf_vma (file,
|
---|
837 | (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)
|
---|
838 | ? ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value
|
---|
839 | : ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size));
|
---|
840 |
|
---|
841 | /* If we have version information, print it. */
|
---|
842 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
|
---|
843 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
|
---|
844 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
|
---|
845 | {
|
---|
846 | unsigned int vernum;
|
---|
847 | const char *version_string;
|
---|
848 |
|
---|
849 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
|
---|
850 |
|
---|
851 | if (vernum == 0)
|
---|
852 | version_string = "";
|
---|
853 | else if (vernum == 1)
|
---|
854 | version_string = "Base";
|
---|
855 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
|
---|
856 | version_string =
|
---|
857 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
|
---|
858 | else
|
---|
859 | {
|
---|
860 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
---|
861 |
|
---|
862 | version_string = "";
|
---|
863 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
---|
864 | t != NULL;
|
---|
865 | t = t->vn_nextref)
|
---|
866 | {
|
---|
867 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
---|
868 |
|
---|
869 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
---|
870 | {
|
---|
871 | if (a->vna_other == vernum)
|
---|
872 | {
|
---|
873 | version_string = a->vna_nodename;
|
---|
874 | break;
|
---|
875 | }
|
---|
876 | }
|
---|
877 | }
|
---|
878 | }
|
---|
879 |
|
---|
880 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
|
---|
881 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
|
---|
882 | else
|
---|
883 | {
|
---|
884 | int i;
|
---|
885 |
|
---|
886 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
|
---|
887 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
|
---|
888 | putc (' ', file);
|
---|
889 | }
|
---|
890 | }
|
---|
891 |
|
---|
892 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
|
---|
893 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
---|
894 |
|
---|
895 | switch (st_other)
|
---|
896 | {
|
---|
897 | case 0: break;
|
---|
898 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
|
---|
899 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
|
---|
900 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
|
---|
901 | default:
|
---|
902 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
|
---|
903 | everything hex. */
|
---|
904 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
|
---|
905 | }
|
---|
906 |
|
---|
907 | fprintf (file, " %s", name);
|
---|
908 | }
|
---|
909 | break;
|
---|
910 | }
|
---|
911 | }
|
---|
912 | |
---|
913 |
|
---|
914 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
|
---|
915 |
|
---|
916 | struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
---|
917 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
|
---|
918 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
|
---|
919 | struct bfd_hash_table *table;
|
---|
920 | const char *string;
|
---|
921 | {
|
---|
922 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
---|
923 |
|
---|
924 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
---|
925 | subclass. */
|
---|
926 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
---|
927 | ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
---|
928 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)));
|
---|
929 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
---|
930 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
---|
931 |
|
---|
932 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
---|
933 | ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
---|
934 | _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
|
---|
935 | table, string));
|
---|
936 | if (ret != (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
|
---|
937 | {
|
---|
938 | /* Set local fields. */
|
---|
939 | ret->indx = -1;
|
---|
940 | ret->size = 0;
|
---|
941 | ret->dynindx = -1;
|
---|
942 | ret->dynstr_index = 0;
|
---|
943 | ret->weakdef = NULL;
|
---|
944 | ret->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
---|
945 | ret->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
---|
946 | ret->linker_section_pointer = (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *)0;
|
---|
947 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL;
|
---|
948 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL;
|
---|
949 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0;
|
---|
950 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL;
|
---|
951 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
---|
952 | ret->other = 0;
|
---|
953 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
|
---|
954 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
|
---|
955 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
|
---|
956 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */
|
---|
957 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
|
---|
958 | }
|
---|
959 |
|
---|
960 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
---|
961 | }
|
---|
962 |
|
---|
963 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
|
---|
964 | old indirect symbol. */
|
---|
965 |
|
---|
966 | void
|
---|
967 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (dir, ind)
|
---|
968 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
|
---|
969 | {
|
---|
970 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
|
---|
971 | symbol which just became indirect. */
|
---|
972 |
|
---|
973 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |=
|
---|
974 | (ind->elf_link_hash_flags
|
---|
975 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
|
---|
976 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
|
---|
977 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK
|
---|
978 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF));
|
---|
979 |
|
---|
980 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table offset entries.
|
---|
981 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
|
---|
982 | if (dir->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
---|
983 | {
|
---|
984 | dir->got.offset = ind->got.offset;
|
---|
985 | ind->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
---|
986 | }
|
---|
987 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
|
---|
988 |
|
---|
989 | if (dir->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
---|
990 | {
|
---|
991 | dir->plt.offset = ind->plt.offset;
|
---|
992 | ind->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
---|
993 | }
|
---|
994 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
|
---|
995 |
|
---|
996 | if (dir->dynindx == -1)
|
---|
997 | {
|
---|
998 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
|
---|
999 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
|
---|
1000 | ind->dynindx = -1;
|
---|
1001 | ind->dynstr_index = 0;
|
---|
1002 | }
|
---|
1003 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1);
|
---|
1004 | }
|
---|
1005 |
|
---|
1006 | void
|
---|
1007 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h)
|
---|
1008 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
1009 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
---|
1010 | {
|
---|
1011 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
|
---|
1012 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
---|
1013 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
|
---|
1014 | h->dynindx = -1;
|
---|
1015 | }
|
---|
1016 |
|
---|
1017 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
|
---|
1018 |
|
---|
1019 | boolean
|
---|
1020 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc)
|
---|
1021 | struct elf_link_hash_table *table;
|
---|
1022 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1023 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
|
---|
1024 | struct bfd_hash_table *,
|
---|
1025 | const char *));
|
---|
1026 | {
|
---|
1027 | table->dynamic_sections_created = false;
|
---|
1028 | table->dynobj = NULL;
|
---|
1029 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
|
---|
1030 | table->dynsymcount = 1;
|
---|
1031 | table->dynstr = NULL;
|
---|
1032 | table->bucketcount = 0;
|
---|
1033 | table->needed = NULL;
|
---|
1034 | table->runpath = NULL;
|
---|
1035 | table->hgot = NULL;
|
---|
1036 | table->stab_info = NULL;
|
---|
1037 | table->dynlocal = NULL;
|
---|
1038 | return _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
|
---|
1039 | }
|
---|
1040 |
|
---|
1041 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
|
---|
1042 |
|
---|
1043 | struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
---|
1044 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
|
---|
1045 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1046 | {
|
---|
1047 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
|
---|
1048 |
|
---|
1049 | ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_table *)
|
---|
1050 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table)));
|
---|
1051 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
|
---|
1052 | return NULL;
|
---|
1053 |
|
---|
1054 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
|
---|
1055 | {
|
---|
1056 | bfd_release (abfd, ret);
|
---|
1057 | return NULL;
|
---|
1058 | }
|
---|
1059 |
|
---|
1060 | return &ret->root;
|
---|
1061 | }
|
---|
1062 |
|
---|
1063 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
|
---|
1064 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
|
---|
1065 | entry for a dynamic object. The generic linker passes name as an
|
---|
1066 | empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made. */
|
---|
1067 |
|
---|
1068 | void
|
---|
1069 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name)
|
---|
1070 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1071 | const char *name;
|
---|
1072 | {
|
---|
1073 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1074 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
1075 | elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
|
---|
1076 | }
|
---|
1077 |
|
---|
1078 | void
|
---|
1079 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_soname (abfd, name)
|
---|
1080 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1081 | const char *name;
|
---|
1082 | {
|
---|
1083 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1084 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
1085 | elf_dt_soname (abfd) = name;
|
---|
1086 | }
|
---|
1087 |
|
---|
1088 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
|
---|
1089 | the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
---|
1090 |
|
---|
1091 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
---|
1092 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info)
|
---|
1093 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
1094 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
1095 | {
|
---|
1096 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
1097 | return NULL;
|
---|
1098 | return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
|
---|
1099 | }
|
---|
1100 |
|
---|
1101 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
|
---|
1102 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
|
---|
1103 |
|
---|
1104 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *
|
---|
1105 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (abfd, info)
|
---|
1106 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
1107 | struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
---|
1108 | {
|
---|
1109 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
1110 | return NULL;
|
---|
1111 | return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
|
---|
1112 | }
|
---|
1113 |
|
---|
1114 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
|
---|
1115 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
|
---|
1116 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
|
---|
1117 |
|
---|
1118 | const char *
|
---|
1119 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd)
|
---|
1120 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1121 | {
|
---|
1122 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1123 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
1124 | return elf_dt_name (abfd);
|
---|
1125 | return NULL;
|
---|
1126 | }
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
|
---|
1129 | the ELF linker emulation code. */
|
---|
1130 |
|
---|
1131 | boolean
|
---|
1132 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (abfd, pneeded)
|
---|
1133 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1134 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded;
|
---|
1135 | {
|
---|
1136 | asection *s;
|
---|
1137 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
---|
1138 | int elfsec;
|
---|
1139 | unsigned long link;
|
---|
1140 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
---|
1141 | size_t extdynsize;
|
---|
1142 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
|
---|
1143 |
|
---|
1144 | *pneeded = NULL;
|
---|
1145 |
|
---|
1146 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
1147 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
|
---|
1148 | return true;
|
---|
1149 |
|
---|
1150 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
---|
1151 | if (s == NULL || s->_raw_size == 0)
|
---|
1152 | return true;
|
---|
1153 |
|
---|
1154 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
|
---|
1155 | if (dynbuf == NULL)
|
---|
1156 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1157 |
|
---|
1158 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
|
---|
1159 | s->_raw_size))
|
---|
1160 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1161 |
|
---|
1162 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
---|
1163 | if (elfsec == -1)
|
---|
1164 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1165 |
|
---|
1166 | link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
---|
1167 |
|
---|
1168 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
---|
1169 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
---|
1170 |
|
---|
1171 | extdyn = dynbuf;
|
---|
1172 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
|
---|
1173 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
---|
1174 | {
|
---|
1175 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
---|
1176 |
|
---|
1177 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
|
---|
1178 |
|
---|
1179 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
---|
1180 | break;
|
---|
1181 |
|
---|
1182 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
|
---|
1183 | {
|
---|
1184 | const char *string;
|
---|
1185 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
|
---|
1186 |
|
---|
1187 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
|
---|
1188 | dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
---|
1189 | if (string == NULL)
|
---|
1190 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1191 |
|
---|
1192 | l = (struct bfd_link_needed_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof *l);
|
---|
1193 | if (l == NULL)
|
---|
1194 | goto error_return;
|
---|
1195 |
|
---|
1196 | l->by = abfd;
|
---|
1197 | l->name = string;
|
---|
1198 | l->next = *pneeded;
|
---|
1199 | *pneeded = l;
|
---|
1200 | }
|
---|
1201 | }
|
---|
1202 |
|
---|
1203 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
1204 |
|
---|
1205 | return true;
|
---|
1206 |
|
---|
1207 | error_return:
|
---|
1208 | if (dynbuf != NULL)
|
---|
1209 | free (dynbuf);
|
---|
1210 | return false;
|
---|
1211 | }
|
---|
1212 | |
---|
1213 |
|
---|
1214 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
|
---|
1215 |
|
---|
1216 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *
|
---|
1217 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ()
|
---|
1218 | {
|
---|
1219 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
|
---|
1220 |
|
---|
1221 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
|
---|
1222 | if (ret != NULL)
|
---|
1223 | {
|
---|
1224 | bfd_size_type loc;
|
---|
1225 |
|
---|
1226 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false);
|
---|
1227 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
|
---|
1228 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
|
---|
1229 | {
|
---|
1230 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
|
---|
1231 | ret = NULL;
|
---|
1232 | }
|
---|
1233 | }
|
---|
1234 | return ret;
|
---|
1235 | }
|
---|
1236 | |
---|
1237 |
|
---|
1238 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
|
---|
1239 |
|
---|
1240 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
|
---|
1241 |
|
---|
1242 | boolean
|
---|
1243 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)
|
---|
1244 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1245 | unsigned int shindex;
|
---|
1246 | {
|
---|
1247 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
---|
1248 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
1249 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
1250 | char *name;
|
---|
1251 |
|
---|
1252 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name);
|
---|
1253 |
|
---|
1254 | switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
---|
1255 | {
|
---|
1256 | case SHT_NULL:
|
---|
1257 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
|
---|
1258 | return true;
|
---|
1259 |
|
---|
1260 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
|
---|
1261 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
|
---|
1262 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
|
---|
1263 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
|
---|
1264 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
|
---|
1265 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1266 |
|
---|
1267 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
|
---|
1268 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
---|
1269 | return true;
|
---|
1270 |
|
---|
1271 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
---|
1272 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
---|
1273 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1274 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1275 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
1276 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
---|
1277 |
|
---|
1278 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
|
---|
1279 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
|
---|
1280 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
|
---|
1281 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
|
---|
1282 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the
|
---|
1283 | linker. */
|
---|
1284 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
|
---|
1285 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
|
---|
1286 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
|
---|
1287 | return false;
|
---|
1288 |
|
---|
1289 | return true;
|
---|
1290 |
|
---|
1291 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
|
---|
1292 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
---|
1293 | return true;
|
---|
1294 |
|
---|
1295 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
---|
1296 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
|
---|
1297 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1298 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1299 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
---|
1300 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
---|
1301 |
|
---|
1302 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
|
---|
1303 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
|
---|
1304 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1305 |
|
---|
1306 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
|
---|
1307 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
---|
1308 | return true;
|
---|
1309 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
|
---|
1310 | {
|
---|
1311 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1312 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
1313 | return true;
|
---|
1314 | }
|
---|
1315 | {
|
---|
1316 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
1317 |
|
---|
1318 | for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++)
|
---|
1319 | {
|
---|
1320 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
---|
1321 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
---|
1322 | {
|
---|
1323 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
|
---|
1324 | return false;
|
---|
1325 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
|
---|
1326 | {
|
---|
1327 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1328 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] =
|
---|
1329 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
1330 | return true;
|
---|
1331 | }
|
---|
1332 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
|
---|
1333 | {
|
---|
1334 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1335 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr =
|
---|
1336 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
1337 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so
|
---|
1338 | that objcopy can handle it. */
|
---|
1339 | break;
|
---|
1340 | }
|
---|
1341 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */
|
---|
1342 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */
|
---|
1343 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */
|
---|
1344 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section;
|
---|
1345 | if (!newsect)
|
---|
1346 | break;
|
---|
1347 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
---|
1348 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr;
|
---|
1349 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
---|
1350 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
---|
1351 | #endif
|
---|
1352 | }
|
---|
1353 | }
|
---|
1354 | }
|
---|
1355 |
|
---|
1356 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1357 |
|
---|
1358 | case SHT_REL:
|
---|
1359 | case SHT_RELA:
|
---|
1360 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
|
---|
1361 | {
|
---|
1362 | asection *target_sect;
|
---|
1363 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
|
---|
1364 |
|
---|
1365 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
|
---|
1366 | if (hdr->sh_link >= ehdr->e_shnum)
|
---|
1367 | {
|
---|
1368 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
1369 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
|
---|
1370 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
|
---|
1371 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1372 | }
|
---|
1373 |
|
---|
1374 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
|
---|
1375 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
|
---|
1376 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
|
---|
1377 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
|
---|
1378 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
|
---|
1379 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
|
---|
1380 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
|
---|
1381 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
1382 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
|
---|
1383 | {
|
---|
1384 | int scan;
|
---|
1385 | int found;
|
---|
1386 |
|
---|
1387 | found = 0;
|
---|
1388 | for (scan = 1; scan < ehdr->e_shnum; scan++)
|
---|
1389 | {
|
---|
1390 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
1391 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
---|
1392 | {
|
---|
1393 | if (found != 0)
|
---|
1394 | {
|
---|
1395 | found = 0;
|
---|
1396 | break;
|
---|
1397 | }
|
---|
1398 | found = scan;
|
---|
1399 | }
|
---|
1400 | }
|
---|
1401 | if (found != 0)
|
---|
1402 | hdr->sh_link = found;
|
---|
1403 | }
|
---|
1404 |
|
---|
1405 | /* Get the symbol table. */
|
---|
1406 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
1407 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
|
---|
1408 | return false;
|
---|
1409 |
|
---|
1410 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
|
---|
1411 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
|
---|
1412 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
|
---|
1413 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
|
---|
1414 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
|
---|
1415 | section. */
|
---|
1416 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
|
---|
1417 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1418 |
|
---|
1419 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
|
---|
1420 | return false;
|
---|
1421 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
|
---|
1422 | if (target_sect == NULL)
|
---|
1423 | return false;
|
---|
1424 |
|
---|
1425 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
---|
1426 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
|
---|
1427 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
|
---|
1428 | else
|
---|
1429 | {
|
---|
1430 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
|
---|
1431 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
|
---|
1432 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
|
---|
1433 | }
|
---|
1434 | *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
---|
1435 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
---|
1436 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
|
---|
1437 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
|
---|
1438 | target_sect->relocation = NULL;
|
---|
1439 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
---|
1440 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
|
---|
1441 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
|
---|
1442 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
---|
1443 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->use_rela_p
|
---|
1444 | = (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
|
---|
1445 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
|
---|
1446 | return true;
|
---|
1447 | }
|
---|
1448 | break;
|
---|
1449 |
|
---|
1450 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
---|
1451 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1452 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1453 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1454 | break;
|
---|
1455 |
|
---|
1456 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
---|
1457 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1458 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1459 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1460 | break;
|
---|
1461 |
|
---|
1462 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
---|
1463 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
|
---|
1464 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
|
---|
1465 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1466 | break;
|
---|
1467 |
|
---|
1468 | case SHT_SHLIB:
|
---|
1469 | return true;
|
---|
1470 |
|
---|
1471 | default:
|
---|
1472 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
|
---|
1473 | {
|
---|
1474 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr)
|
---|
1475 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name);
|
---|
1476 | }
|
---|
1477 | break;
|
---|
1478 | }
|
---|
1479 |
|
---|
1480 | return true;
|
---|
1481 | }
|
---|
1482 |
|
---|
1483 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
|
---|
1484 | section. */
|
---|
1485 |
|
---|
1486 | asection *
|
---|
1487 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index)
|
---|
1488 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1489 | unsigned int index;
|
---|
1490 | {
|
---|
1491 | BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE);
|
---|
1492 | if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum)
|
---|
1493 | return NULL;
|
---|
1494 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
|
---|
1495 | }
|
---|
1496 |
|
---|
1497 | boolean
|
---|
1498 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
|
---|
1499 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1500 | asection *sec;
|
---|
1501 | {
|
---|
1502 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
|
---|
1503 |
|
---|
1504 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
|
---|
1505 | if (!sdata)
|
---|
1506 | return false;
|
---|
1507 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
|
---|
1508 |
|
---|
1509 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
|
---|
1510 | sdata->use_rela_p
|
---|
1511 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->default_use_rela_p;
|
---|
1512 |
|
---|
1513 | return true;
|
---|
1514 | }
|
---|
1515 |
|
---|
1516 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
|
---|
1517 |
|
---|
1518 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
|
---|
1519 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
|
---|
1520 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
|
---|
1521 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
|
---|
1522 |
|
---|
1523 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
|
---|
1524 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
|
---|
1525 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
|
---|
1526 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
|
---|
1527 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
|
---|
1528 | of combined data+bss.
|
---|
1529 |
|
---|
1530 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
|
---|
1531 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
|
---|
1532 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
|
---|
1533 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
|
---|
1534 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | */
|
---|
1537 |
|
---|
1538 | boolean
|
---|
1539 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename)
|
---|
1540 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1541 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
---|
1542 | int index;
|
---|
1543 | const char *typename;
|
---|
1544 | {
|
---|
1545 | asection *newsect;
|
---|
1546 | char *name;
|
---|
1547 | char namebuf[64];
|
---|
1548 | int split;
|
---|
1549 |
|
---|
1550 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
|
---|
1551 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
|
---|
1552 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
|
---|
1553 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
|
---|
1554 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
|
---|
1555 | if (!name)
|
---|
1556 | return false;
|
---|
1557 | strcpy (name, namebuf);
|
---|
1558 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
1559 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
---|
1560 | return false;
|
---|
1561 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
|
---|
1562 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
|
---|
1563 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
1564 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
|
---|
1565 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
1566 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
1567 | {
|
---|
1568 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
---|
1569 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
---|
1570 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
---|
1571 | {
|
---|
1572 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
|
---|
1573 | may be data. */
|
---|
1574 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
---|
1575 | }
|
---|
1576 | }
|
---|
1577 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
---|
1578 | {
|
---|
1579 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
---|
1580 | }
|
---|
1581 |
|
---|
1582 | if (split)
|
---|
1583 | {
|
---|
1584 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
|
---|
1585 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
|
---|
1586 | if (!name)
|
---|
1587 | return false;
|
---|
1588 | strcpy (name, namebuf);
|
---|
1589 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
1590 | if (newsect == NULL)
|
---|
1591 | return false;
|
---|
1592 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
1593 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
1594 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
|
---|
1595 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
1596 | {
|
---|
1597 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
---|
1598 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
---|
1599 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
---|
1600 | }
|
---|
1601 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
---|
1602 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
---|
1603 | }
|
---|
1604 |
|
---|
1605 | return true;
|
---|
1606 | }
|
---|
1607 |
|
---|
1608 | boolean
|
---|
1609 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index)
|
---|
1610 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1611 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
|
---|
1612 | int index;
|
---|
1613 | {
|
---|
1614 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
1615 |
|
---|
1616 | switch (hdr->p_type)
|
---|
1617 | {
|
---|
1618 | case PT_NULL:
|
---|
1619 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
|
---|
1620 |
|
---|
1621 | case PT_LOAD:
|
---|
1622 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
|
---|
1623 |
|
---|
1624 | case PT_DYNAMIC:
|
---|
1625 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
|
---|
1626 |
|
---|
1627 | case PT_INTERP:
|
---|
1628 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
|
---|
1629 |
|
---|
1630 | case PT_NOTE:
|
---|
1631 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
|
---|
1632 | return false;
|
---|
1633 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
|
---|
1634 | return false;
|
---|
1635 | return true;
|
---|
1636 |
|
---|
1637 | case PT_SHLIB:
|
---|
1638 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
|
---|
1639 |
|
---|
1640 | case PT_PHDR:
|
---|
1641 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
|
---|
1642 |
|
---|
1643 | default:
|
---|
1644 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types.
|
---|
1645 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */
|
---|
1646 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
1647 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr)
|
---|
1648 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index);
|
---|
1649 | else
|
---|
1650 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment");
|
---|
1651 | }
|
---|
1652 | }
|
---|
1653 |
|
---|
1654 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
|
---|
1655 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is true, we use RELA
|
---|
1656 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
|
---|
1657 |
|
---|
1658 | boolean
|
---|
1659 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, rel_hdr, asect, use_rela_p)
|
---|
1660 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1661 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
---|
1662 | asection *asect;
|
---|
1663 | boolean use_rela_p;
|
---|
1664 | {
|
---|
1665 | char *name;
|
---|
1666 | struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
---|
1667 |
|
---|
1668 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
1669 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name));
|
---|
1670 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
1671 | return false;
|
---|
1672 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
|
---|
1673 | rel_hdr->sh_name =
|
---|
1674 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
|
---|
1675 | true, false);
|
---|
1676 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
---|
1677 | return false;
|
---|
1678 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
|
---|
1679 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
|
---|
1680 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
|
---|
1681 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
|
---|
1682 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
---|
1683 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
1684 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
1685 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
---|
1686 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
---|
1687 |
|
---|
1688 | return true;
|
---|
1689 | }
|
---|
1690 |
|
---|
1691 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
|
---|
1692 |
|
---|
1693 | static void
|
---|
1694 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg)
|
---|
1695 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1696 | asection *asect;
|
---|
1697 | PTR failedptrarg;
|
---|
1698 | {
|
---|
1699 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
1700 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg;
|
---|
1701 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
---|
1702 |
|
---|
1703 | if (*failedptr)
|
---|
1704 | {
|
---|
1705 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
|
---|
1706 | loop. */
|
---|
1707 | return;
|
---|
1708 | }
|
---|
1709 |
|
---|
1710 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
|
---|
1711 |
|
---|
1712 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
---|
1713 | asect->name,
|
---|
1714 | true, false);
|
---|
1715 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
---|
1716 | {
|
---|
1717 | *failedptr = true;
|
---|
1718 | return;
|
---|
1719 | }
|
---|
1720 |
|
---|
1721 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
1722 |
|
---|
1723 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
---|
1724 | || asect->user_set_vma)
|
---|
1725 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
|
---|
1726 | else
|
---|
1727 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
1728 |
|
---|
1729 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
---|
1730 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
|
---|
1731 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
---|
1732 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
|
---|
1733 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
|
---|
1734 | copy_private_section_data. */
|
---|
1735 |
|
---|
1736 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
|
---|
1737 | this_hdr->contents = NULL;
|
---|
1738 |
|
---|
1739 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */
|
---|
1740 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0)
|
---|
1741 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
1742 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0)
|
---|
1743 | {
|
---|
1744 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH;
|
---|
1745 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
|
---|
1746 | }
|
---|
1747 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0)
|
---|
1748 | {
|
---|
1749 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM;
|
---|
1750 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
1751 | }
|
---|
1752 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
|
---|
1753 | {
|
---|
1754 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC;
|
---|
1755 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
---|
1756 | }
|
---|
1757 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0
|
---|
1758 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
|
---|
1759 | {
|
---|
1760 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
|
---|
1761 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
|
---|
1762 | }
|
---|
1763 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0
|
---|
1764 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
|
---|
1765 | {
|
---|
1766 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
|
---|
1767 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
|
---|
1768 | }
|
---|
1769 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
---|
1770 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE;
|
---|
1771 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0
|
---|
1772 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
---|
1773 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
1774 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0)
|
---|
1775 | {
|
---|
1776 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym;
|
---|
1777 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
|
---|
1778 | }
|
---|
1779 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0)
|
---|
1780 | {
|
---|
1781 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef;
|
---|
1782 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
1783 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
---|
1784 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
|
---|
1785 | zero. */
|
---|
1786 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
---|
1787 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
|
---|
1788 | else
|
---|
1789 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
|
---|
1790 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
|
---|
1791 | }
|
---|
1792 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0)
|
---|
1793 | {
|
---|
1794 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed;
|
---|
1795 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
1796 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
---|
1797 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
|
---|
1798 | zero. */
|
---|
1799 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
---|
1800 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
|
---|
1801 | else
|
---|
1802 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
|
---|
1803 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
|
---|
1804 | }
|
---|
1805 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
---|
1806 | && ((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0))
|
---|
1807 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
---|
1808 | else
|
---|
1809 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
---|
1810 |
|
---|
1811 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
1812 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
---|
1813 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
1814 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
|
---|
1815 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
---|
1816 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
|
---|
1817 |
|
---|
1818 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
|
---|
1819 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections)
|
---|
1820 | (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect);
|
---|
1821 |
|
---|
1822 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
|
---|
1823 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
|
---|
1824 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
|
---|
1825 | create the other. */
|
---|
1826 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
|
---|
1827 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
|
---|
1828 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
|
---|
1829 | asect,
|
---|
1830 | elf_section_data (asect)->use_rela_p))
|
---|
1831 | *failedptr = true;
|
---|
1832 | }
|
---|
1833 |
|
---|
1834 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
|
---|
1835 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
|
---|
1836 | in here too, while we're at it. */
|
---|
1837 |
|
---|
1838 | static boolean
|
---|
1839 | assign_section_numbers (abfd)
|
---|
1840 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
1841 | {
|
---|
1842 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
---|
1843 | asection *sec;
|
---|
1844 | unsigned int section_number;
|
---|
1845 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
1846 |
|
---|
1847 | section_number = 1;
|
---|
1848 |
|
---|
1849 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
---|
1850 | {
|
---|
1851 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
---|
1852 |
|
---|
1853 | d->this_idx = section_number++;
|
---|
1854 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
|
---|
1855 | d->rel_idx = 0;
|
---|
1856 | else
|
---|
1857 | d->rel_idx = section_number++;
|
---|
1858 |
|
---|
1859 | if (d->rel_hdr2)
|
---|
1860 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
|
---|
1861 | else
|
---|
1862 | d->rel_idx2 = 0;
|
---|
1863 | }
|
---|
1864 |
|
---|
1865 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
|
---|
1866 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
|
---|
1867 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
1868 |
|
---|
1869 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
1870 | {
|
---|
1871 | t->symtab_section = section_number++;
|
---|
1872 | t->strtab_section = section_number++;
|
---|
1873 | }
|
---|
1874 |
|
---|
1875 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
|
---|
1876 |
|
---|
1877 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
|
---|
1878 | indices. */
|
---|
1879 | i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
|
---|
1880 | bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)));
|
---|
1881 | if (i_shdrp == NULL)
|
---|
1882 | return false;
|
---|
1883 |
|
---|
1884 | i_shdrp[0] = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
|
---|
1885 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)));
|
---|
1886 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
|
---|
1887 | {
|
---|
1888 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
|
---|
1889 | return false;
|
---|
1890 | }
|
---|
1891 | memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
|
---|
1892 |
|
---|
1893 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
|
---|
1894 |
|
---|
1895 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
1896 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
1897 | {
|
---|
1898 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
1899 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
1900 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
|
---|
1901 | }
|
---|
1902 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
---|
1903 | {
|
---|
1904 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
---|
1905 | asection *s;
|
---|
1906 | const char *name;
|
---|
1907 |
|
---|
1908 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
|
---|
1909 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
---|
1910 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
|
---|
1911 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
---|
1912 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
|
---|
1913 |
|
---|
1914 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
|
---|
1915 |
|
---|
1916 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
|
---|
1917 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
|
---|
1918 | the relocation entries apply. */
|
---|
1919 | if (d->rel_idx != 0)
|
---|
1920 | {
|
---|
1921 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
---|
1922 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
---|
1923 | }
|
---|
1924 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
|
---|
1925 | {
|
---|
1926 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
|
---|
1927 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
---|
1928 | }
|
---|
1929 |
|
---|
1930 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
|
---|
1931 | {
|
---|
1932 | case SHT_REL:
|
---|
1933 | case SHT_RELA:
|
---|
1934 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
|
---|
1935 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
|
---|
1936 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
|
---|
1937 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
|
---|
1938 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
|
---|
1939 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */
|
---|
1940 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
---|
1941 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
1942 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
1943 |
|
---|
1944 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
|
---|
1945 | name = sec->name;
|
---|
1946 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
|
---|
1947 | name += 4;
|
---|
1948 | else
|
---|
1949 | name += 5;
|
---|
1950 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
|
---|
1951 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
1952 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
1953 | break;
|
---|
1954 |
|
---|
1955 | case SHT_STRTAB:
|
---|
1956 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
|
---|
1957 | string section. We look for a section with the same name
|
---|
1958 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
|
---|
1959 | field to point to this section. */
|
---|
1960 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
|
---|
1961 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
---|
1962 | {
|
---|
1963 | size_t len;
|
---|
1964 | char *alc;
|
---|
1965 |
|
---|
1966 | len = strlen (sec->name);
|
---|
1967 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
|
---|
1968 | if (alc == NULL)
|
---|
1969 | return false;
|
---|
1970 | strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
|
---|
1971 | alc[len - 3] = '\0';
|
---|
1972 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
|
---|
1973 | free (alc);
|
---|
1974 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
1975 | {
|
---|
1976 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
|
---|
1977 |
|
---|
1978 | /* This is a .stab section. */
|
---|
1979 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
|
---|
1980 | 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
|
---|
1981 | }
|
---|
1982 | }
|
---|
1983 | break;
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
---|
1986 | case SHT_DYNSYM:
|
---|
1987 | case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
---|
1988 | case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
---|
1989 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
|
---|
1990 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
|
---|
1991 | version strings. */
|
---|
1992 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
|
---|
1993 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
1994 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
1995 | break;
|
---|
1996 |
|
---|
1997 | case SHT_HASH:
|
---|
1998 | case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
---|
1999 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
|
---|
2000 | this hash table or version table is for. */
|
---|
2001 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
---|
2002 | if (s != NULL)
|
---|
2003 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
---|
2004 | break;
|
---|
2005 | }
|
---|
2006 | }
|
---|
2007 |
|
---|
2008 | return true;
|
---|
2009 | }
|
---|
2010 |
|
---|
2011 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
|
---|
2012 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
|
---|
2013 |
|
---|
2014 | static INLINE int
|
---|
2015 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym)
|
---|
2016 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2017 | asymbol *sym;
|
---|
2018 | {
|
---|
2019 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
|
---|
2020 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
---|
2021 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
---|
2022 | (abfd, sym));
|
---|
2023 |
|
---|
2024 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
|
---|
2025 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
|
---|
2026 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
|
---|
2027 | }
|
---|
2028 |
|
---|
2029 | static boolean
|
---|
2030 | elf_map_symbols (abfd)
|
---|
2031 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2032 | {
|
---|
2033 | int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
---|
2034 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
---|
2035 | asymbol **sect_syms;
|
---|
2036 | int num_locals = 0;
|
---|
2037 | int num_globals = 0;
|
---|
2038 | int num_locals2 = 0;
|
---|
2039 | int num_globals2 = 0;
|
---|
2040 | int max_index = 0;
|
---|
2041 | int num_sections = 0;
|
---|
2042 | int idx;
|
---|
2043 | asection *asect;
|
---|
2044 | asymbol **new_syms;
|
---|
2045 | asymbol *sym;
|
---|
2046 |
|
---|
2047 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
2048 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
|
---|
2049 | fflush (stderr);
|
---|
2050 | #endif
|
---|
2051 |
|
---|
2052 | /* Add a section symbol for each BFD section. FIXME: Is this really
|
---|
2053 | necessary? */
|
---|
2054 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
---|
2055 | {
|
---|
2056 | if (max_index < asect->index)
|
---|
2057 | max_index = asect->index;
|
---|
2058 | }
|
---|
2059 |
|
---|
2060 | max_index++;
|
---|
2061 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *));
|
---|
2062 | if (sect_syms == NULL)
|
---|
2063 | return false;
|
---|
2064 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
|
---|
2065 |
|
---|
2066 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
2067 | {
|
---|
2068 | sym = syms[idx];
|
---|
2069 |
|
---|
2070 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
|
---|
2071 | && sym->value == 0)
|
---|
2072 | {
|
---|
2073 | asection *sec;
|
---|
2074 |
|
---|
2075 | sec = sym->section;
|
---|
2076 |
|
---|
2077 | if (sec->owner != NULL)
|
---|
2078 | {
|
---|
2079 | if (sec->owner != abfd)
|
---|
2080 | {
|
---|
2081 | if (sec->output_offset != 0)
|
---|
2082 | continue;
|
---|
2083 |
|
---|
2084 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
---|
2085 |
|
---|
2086 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a section
|
---|
2087 | symbol created for them. (See the comment near the end of
|
---|
2088 | _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in linker.c). If the linker
|
---|
2089 | script discards such sections then we will reach this point.
|
---|
2090 | Since we know that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it
|
---|
2091 | and skip the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
|
---|
2092 | To reproduce this particular case try running the linker
|
---|
2093 | testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF port that uses
|
---|
2094 | the generic linker. */
|
---|
2095 | if (sec->owner == NULL)
|
---|
2096 | continue;
|
---|
2097 |
|
---|
2098 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
|
---|
2099 | }
|
---|
2100 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
|
---|
2101 | }
|
---|
2102 | }
|
---|
2103 | }
|
---|
2104 |
|
---|
2105 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
---|
2106 | {
|
---|
2107 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL)
|
---|
2108 | continue;
|
---|
2109 |
|
---|
2110 | sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
|
---|
2111 | if (sym == NULL)
|
---|
2112 | return false;
|
---|
2113 | sym->the_bfd = abfd;
|
---|
2114 | sym->name = asect->name;
|
---|
2115 | sym->value = 0;
|
---|
2116 | /* Set the flags to 0 to indicate that this one was newly added. */
|
---|
2117 | sym->flags = 0;
|
---|
2118 | sym->section = asect;
|
---|
2119 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
|
---|
2120 | num_sections++;
|
---|
2121 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
2122 | fprintf (stderr,
|
---|
2123 | _("creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n"),
|
---|
2124 | asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect);
|
---|
2125 | #endif
|
---|
2126 | }
|
---|
2127 |
|
---|
2128 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */
|
---|
2129 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
2130 | {
|
---|
2131 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
|
---|
2132 | num_locals++;
|
---|
2133 | else
|
---|
2134 | num_globals++;
|
---|
2135 | }
|
---|
2136 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
---|
2137 | {
|
---|
2138 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL
|
---|
2139 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0)
|
---|
2140 | {
|
---|
2141 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
---|
2142 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sect_syms[asect->index]))
|
---|
2143 | num_locals++;
|
---|
2144 | else
|
---|
2145 | num_globals++;
|
---|
2146 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = 0;
|
---|
2147 | }
|
---|
2148 | }
|
---|
2149 |
|
---|
2150 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
|
---|
2151 | new_syms = ((asymbol **)
|
---|
2152 | bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
---|
2153 | (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *)));
|
---|
2154 | if (new_syms == NULL)
|
---|
2155 | return false;
|
---|
2156 |
|
---|
2157 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
2158 | {
|
---|
2159 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
---|
2160 | int i;
|
---|
2161 |
|
---|
2162 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
---|
2163 | i = num_locals2++;
|
---|
2164 | else
|
---|
2165 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
---|
2166 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
---|
2167 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
---|
2168 | }
|
---|
2169 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
---|
2170 | {
|
---|
2171 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL
|
---|
2172 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0)
|
---|
2173 | {
|
---|
2174 | asymbol *sym = sect_syms[asect->index];
|
---|
2175 | int i;
|
---|
2176 |
|
---|
2177 | sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
---|
2178 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
---|
2179 | i = num_locals2++;
|
---|
2180 | else
|
---|
2181 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
---|
2182 | new_syms[i] = sym;
|
---|
2183 | sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
---|
2184 | }
|
---|
2185 | }
|
---|
2186 |
|
---|
2187 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
|
---|
2188 |
|
---|
2189 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
|
---|
2190 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
|
---|
2191 | return true;
|
---|
2192 | }
|
---|
2193 |
|
---|
2194 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
|
---|
2195 | ELF data structure. */
|
---|
2196 |
|
---|
2197 | static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr, int));
|
---|
2198 | static INLINE file_ptr
|
---|
2199 | align_file_position (off, align)
|
---|
2200 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
2201 | int align;
|
---|
2202 | {
|
---|
2203 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
|
---|
2204 | }
|
---|
2205 |
|
---|
2206 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
|
---|
2207 | required section alignment. */
|
---|
2208 |
|
---|
2209 | INLINE file_ptr
|
---|
2210 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align)
|
---|
2211 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
|
---|
2212 | file_ptr offset;
|
---|
2213 | boolean align;
|
---|
2214 | {
|
---|
2215 | if (align)
|
---|
2216 | {
|
---|
2217 | unsigned int al;
|
---|
2218 |
|
---|
2219 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
|
---|
2220 | if (al > 1)
|
---|
2221 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
|
---|
2222 | }
|
---|
2223 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
|
---|
2224 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
|
---|
2225 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
|
---|
2226 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
---|
2227 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
---|
2228 | return offset;
|
---|
2229 | }
|
---|
2230 |
|
---|
2231 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
|
---|
2232 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
|
---|
2233 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
|
---|
2234 |
|
---|
2235 | boolean
|
---|
2236 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info)
|
---|
2237 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2238 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
|
---|
2239 | {
|
---|
2240 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
2241 | boolean failed;
|
---|
2242 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
|
---|
2243 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
2244 |
|
---|
2245 | if (abfd->output_has_begun)
|
---|
2246 | return true;
|
---|
2247 |
|
---|
2248 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
|
---|
2249 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
|
---|
2250 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
|
---|
2251 |
|
---|
2252 | if (! prep_headers (abfd))
|
---|
2253 | return false;
|
---|
2254 |
|
---|
2255 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
|
---|
2256 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
|
---|
2257 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
|
---|
2258 |
|
---|
2259 | failed = false;
|
---|
2260 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
|
---|
2261 | if (failed)
|
---|
2262 | return false;
|
---|
2263 |
|
---|
2264 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd))
|
---|
2265 | return false;
|
---|
2266 |
|
---|
2267 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
|
---|
2268 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
2269 | {
|
---|
2270 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
|
---|
2271 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
|
---|
2272 |
|
---|
2273 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
|
---|
2274 | return false;
|
---|
2275 | }
|
---|
2276 |
|
---|
2277 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
2278 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
|
---|
2279 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
2280 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
2281 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
2282 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
2283 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
2284 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
---|
2285 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
---|
2286 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
|
---|
2287 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
---|
2288 |
|
---|
2289 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd))
|
---|
2290 | return false;
|
---|
2291 |
|
---|
2292 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
|
---|
2293 | {
|
---|
2294 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
2295 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
2296 |
|
---|
2297 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
---|
2298 |
|
---|
2299 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
2300 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
---|
2301 |
|
---|
2302 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
2303 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
---|
2304 |
|
---|
2305 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
2306 |
|
---|
2307 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
|
---|
2308 | out. */
|
---|
2309 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
2310 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
|
---|
2311 | return false;
|
---|
2312 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
|
---|
2313 | }
|
---|
2314 |
|
---|
2315 | abfd->output_has_begun = true;
|
---|
2316 |
|
---|
2317 | return true;
|
---|
2318 | }
|
---|
2319 |
|
---|
2320 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
|
---|
2321 |
|
---|
2322 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *
|
---|
2323 | make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr)
|
---|
2324 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2325 | asection **sections;
|
---|
2326 | unsigned int from;
|
---|
2327 | unsigned int to;
|
---|
2328 | boolean phdr;
|
---|
2329 | {
|
---|
2330 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
2331 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
2332 | asection **hdrpp;
|
---|
2333 |
|
---|
2334 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
---|
2335 | bfd_zalloc (abfd,
|
---|
2336 | (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
|
---|
2337 | + (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *))));
|
---|
2338 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
2339 | return NULL;
|
---|
2340 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
2341 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
|
---|
2342 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
2343 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
|
---|
2344 | m->count = to - from;
|
---|
2345 |
|
---|
2346 | if (from == 0 && phdr)
|
---|
2347 | {
|
---|
2348 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
|
---|
2349 | m->includes_filehdr = 1;
|
---|
2350 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
---|
2351 | }
|
---|
2352 |
|
---|
2353 | return m;
|
---|
2354 | }
|
---|
2355 |
|
---|
2356 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
|
---|
2357 |
|
---|
2358 | static boolean
|
---|
2359 | map_sections_to_segments (abfd)
|
---|
2360 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2361 | {
|
---|
2362 | asection **sections = NULL;
|
---|
2363 | asection *s;
|
---|
2364 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
2365 | unsigned int count;
|
---|
2366 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
|
---|
2367 | struct elf_segment_map **pm;
|
---|
2368 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
2369 | asection *last_hdr;
|
---|
2370 | unsigned int phdr_index;
|
---|
2371 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
---|
2372 | asection **hdrpp;
|
---|
2373 | boolean phdr_in_segment = true;
|
---|
2374 | boolean writable;
|
---|
2375 | asection *dynsec;
|
---|
2376 |
|
---|
2377 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
---|
2378 | return true;
|
---|
2379 |
|
---|
2380 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
2381 | return true;
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
|
---|
2384 |
|
---|
2385 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (bfd_count_sections (abfd)
|
---|
2386 | * sizeof (asection *));
|
---|
2387 | if (sections == NULL)
|
---|
2388 | goto error_return;
|
---|
2389 |
|
---|
2390 | i = 0;
|
---|
2391 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
2392 | {
|
---|
2393 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
2394 | {
|
---|
2395 | sections[i] = s;
|
---|
2396 | ++i;
|
---|
2397 | }
|
---|
2398 | }
|
---|
2399 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
|
---|
2400 | count = i;
|
---|
2401 |
|
---|
2402 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
|
---|
2403 |
|
---|
2404 | /* Build the mapping. */
|
---|
2405 |
|
---|
2406 | mfirst = NULL;
|
---|
2407 | pm = &mfirst;
|
---|
2408 |
|
---|
2409 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
|
---|
2410 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
|
---|
2411 | section. */
|
---|
2412 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
---|
2413 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
2414 | {
|
---|
2415 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
---|
2416 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
---|
2417 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
2418 | goto error_return;
|
---|
2419 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
2420 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
|
---|
2421 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
|
---|
2422 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
|
---|
2423 | m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
---|
2424 | m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
---|
2425 |
|
---|
2426 | *pm = m;
|
---|
2427 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
2428 |
|
---|
2429 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
---|
2430 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
---|
2431 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
2432 | goto error_return;
|
---|
2433 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
2434 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
|
---|
2435 | m->count = 1;
|
---|
2436 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
---|
2437 |
|
---|
2438 | *pm = m;
|
---|
2439 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
2440 | }
|
---|
2441 |
|
---|
2442 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
|
---|
2443 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
|
---|
2444 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
|
---|
2445 | last_hdr = NULL;
|
---|
2446 | phdr_index = 0;
|
---|
2447 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
|
---|
2448 | writable = false;
|
---|
2449 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
---|
2450 | if (dynsec != NULL
|
---|
2451 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
---|
2452 | dynsec = NULL;
|
---|
2453 |
|
---|
2454 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
|
---|
2455 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
|
---|
2456 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
|
---|
2457 | program headers we will need. */
|
---|
2458 | if (count > 0)
|
---|
2459 | {
|
---|
2460 | bfd_size_type phdr_size;
|
---|
2461 |
|
---|
2462 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
2463 | if (phdr_size == 0)
|
---|
2464 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
2465 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
|
---|
2466 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
|
---|
2467 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
|
---|
2468 | phdr_in_segment = false;
|
---|
2469 | }
|
---|
2470 |
|
---|
2471 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
2472 | {
|
---|
2473 | asection *hdr;
|
---|
2474 | boolean new_segment;
|
---|
2475 |
|
---|
2476 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
---|
2477 |
|
---|
2478 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
|
---|
2479 | segment. */
|
---|
2480 |
|
---|
2481 | if (last_hdr == NULL)
|
---|
2482 | {
|
---|
2483 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
|
---|
2484 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */
|
---|
2485 | new_segment = false;
|
---|
2486 | }
|
---|
2487 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
|
---|
2488 | {
|
---|
2489 | /* If this section has a different relation between the
|
---|
2490 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
|
---|
2491 | segment. */
|
---|
2492 | new_segment = true;
|
---|
2493 | }
|
---|
2494 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
---|
2495 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
|
---|
2496 | {
|
---|
2497 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
|
---|
2498 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
|
---|
2499 | new_segment = true;
|
---|
2500 | }
|
---|
2501 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
|
---|
2502 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
2503 | {
|
---|
2504 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
|
---|
2505 | nonloadable section in the same segment. */
|
---|
2506 | new_segment = true;
|
---|
2507 | }
|
---|
2508 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
|
---|
2509 | {
|
---|
2510 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
|
---|
2511 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
|
---|
2512 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
|
---|
2513 | new_segment = false;
|
---|
2514 | }
|
---|
2515 | else if (! writable
|
---|
2516 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
|
---|
2517 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
---|
2518 | == hdr->lma))
|
---|
2519 | {
|
---|
2520 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
|
---|
2521 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
|
---|
2522 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
|
---|
2523 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the
|
---|
2524 | only case in which the new section is not on the same
|
---|
2525 | page as the previous section is when the previous section
|
---|
2526 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */
|
---|
2527 | new_segment = true;
|
---|
2528 | }
|
---|
2529 | else
|
---|
2530 | {
|
---|
2531 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
|
---|
2532 | new_segment = false;
|
---|
2533 | }
|
---|
2534 |
|
---|
2535 | if (! new_segment)
|
---|
2536 | {
|
---|
2537 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
2538 | writable = true;
|
---|
2539 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
---|
2540 | continue;
|
---|
2541 | }
|
---|
2542 |
|
---|
2543 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
|
---|
2544 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
|
---|
2545 |
|
---|
2546 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
---|
2547 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
2548 | goto error_return;
|
---|
2549 |
|
---|
2550 | *pm = m;
|
---|
2551 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
2552 |
|
---|
2553 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
2554 | writable = true;
|
---|
2555 | else
|
---|
2556 | writable = false;
|
---|
2557 |
|
---|
2558 | last_hdr = hdr;
|
---|
2559 | phdr_index = i;
|
---|
2560 | phdr_in_segment = false;
|
---|
2561 | }
|
---|
2562 |
|
---|
2563 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
|
---|
2564 | if (last_hdr != NULL)
|
---|
2565 | {
|
---|
2566 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
---|
2567 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
2568 | goto error_return;
|
---|
2569 |
|
---|
2570 | *pm = m;
|
---|
2571 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
2572 | }
|
---|
2573 |
|
---|
2574 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
---|
2575 | if (dynsec != NULL)
|
---|
2576 | {
|
---|
2577 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
---|
2578 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
---|
2579 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
2580 | goto error_return;
|
---|
2581 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
2582 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
|
---|
2583 | m->count = 1;
|
---|
2584 | m->sections[0] = dynsec;
|
---|
2585 |
|
---|
2586 | *pm = m;
|
---|
2587 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
2588 | }
|
---|
2589 |
|
---|
2590 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
|
---|
2591 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
|
---|
2592 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
|
---|
2593 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
|
---|
2594 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
|
---|
2595 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
2596 | {
|
---|
2597 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
2598 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
---|
2599 | {
|
---|
2600 | m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
---|
2601 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
|
---|
2602 | if (m == NULL)
|
---|
2603 | goto error_return;
|
---|
2604 | m->next = NULL;
|
---|
2605 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
|
---|
2606 | m->count = 1;
|
---|
2607 | m->sections[0] = s;
|
---|
2608 |
|
---|
2609 | *pm = m;
|
---|
2610 | pm = &m->next;
|
---|
2611 | }
|
---|
2612 | }
|
---|
2613 |
|
---|
2614 | free (sections);
|
---|
2615 | sections = NULL;
|
---|
2616 |
|
---|
2617 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
|
---|
2618 | return true;
|
---|
2619 |
|
---|
2620 | error_return:
|
---|
2621 | if (sections != NULL)
|
---|
2622 | free (sections);
|
---|
2623 | return false;
|
---|
2624 | }
|
---|
2625 |
|
---|
2626 | /* Sort sections by address. */
|
---|
2627 |
|
---|
2628 | static int
|
---|
2629 | elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2)
|
---|
2630 | const PTR arg1;
|
---|
2631 | const PTR arg2;
|
---|
2632 | {
|
---|
2633 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
|
---|
2634 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
|
---|
2635 |
|
---|
2636 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
|
---|
2637 | place the section into a segment. */
|
---|
2638 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
|
---|
2639 | return -1;
|
---|
2640 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
|
---|
2641 | return 1;
|
---|
2642 |
|
---|
2643 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
|
---|
2644 | the same, and this will do nothing. */
|
---|
2645 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
|
---|
2646 | return -1;
|
---|
2647 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
|
---|
2648 | return 1;
|
---|
2649 |
|
---|
2650 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
|
---|
2651 |
|
---|
2652 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
---|
2653 |
|
---|
2654 | if (TOEND (sec1))
|
---|
2655 | {
|
---|
2656 | if (TOEND (sec2))
|
---|
2657 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
---|
2658 | else
|
---|
2659 | return 1;
|
---|
2660 | }
|
---|
2661 |
|
---|
2662 | if (TOEND (sec2))
|
---|
2663 | return -1;
|
---|
2664 |
|
---|
2665 | #undef TOEND
|
---|
2666 |
|
---|
2667 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections before others at the
|
---|
2668 | same address. */
|
---|
2669 |
|
---|
2670 | if (sec1->_raw_size < sec2->_raw_size)
|
---|
2671 | return -1;
|
---|
2672 | if (sec1->_raw_size > sec2->_raw_size)
|
---|
2673 | return 1;
|
---|
2674 |
|
---|
2675 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
---|
2676 | }
|
---|
2677 |
|
---|
2678 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
|
---|
2679 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
|
---|
2680 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
|
---|
2681 |
|
---|
2682 | static boolean
|
---|
2683 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)
|
---|
2684 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
2685 | {
|
---|
2686 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
2687 | unsigned int count;
|
---|
2688 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
2689 | unsigned int alloc;
|
---|
2690 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
|
---|
2691 | file_ptr off, voff;
|
---|
2692 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
|
---|
2693 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
|
---|
2694 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
---|
2695 |
|
---|
2696 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
|
---|
2697 | {
|
---|
2698 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
|
---|
2699 | return false;
|
---|
2700 | }
|
---|
2701 |
|
---|
2702 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
|
---|
2703 | {
|
---|
2704 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd))
|
---|
2705 | return false;
|
---|
2706 | }
|
---|
2707 |
|
---|
2708 | count = 0;
|
---|
2709 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
---|
2710 | ++count;
|
---|
2711 |
|
---|
2712 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2713 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
2714 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
|
---|
2715 |
|
---|
2716 | if (count == 0)
|
---|
2717 | return true;
|
---|
2718 |
|
---|
2719 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
|
---|
2720 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
|
---|
2721 | is used in a linker script. */
|
---|
2722 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
2723 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
|
---|
2724 | {
|
---|
2725 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
2726 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
|
---|
2727 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count));
|
---|
2728 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
---|
2729 | return false;
|
---|
2730 | }
|
---|
2731 |
|
---|
2732 | if (alloc == 0)
|
---|
2733 | alloc = count;
|
---|
2734 |
|
---|
2735 | phdrs = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
|
---|
2736 | bfd_alloc (abfd, alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)));
|
---|
2737 | if (phdrs == NULL)
|
---|
2738 | return false;
|
---|
2739 |
|
---|
2740 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2741 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
2742 |
|
---|
2743 | filehdr_vaddr = 0;
|
---|
2744 | filehdr_paddr = 0;
|
---|
2745 | phdrs_vaddr = 0;
|
---|
2746 | phdrs_paddr = 0;
|
---|
2747 |
|
---|
2748 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
---|
2749 | m != NULL;
|
---|
2750 | m = m->next, p++)
|
---|
2751 | {
|
---|
2752 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
2753 | asection **secpp;
|
---|
2754 |
|
---|
2755 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
|
---|
2756 | sections may not be correctly ordered. */
|
---|
2757 | if (m->count > 0)
|
---|
2758 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
|
---|
2759 | elf_sort_sections);
|
---|
2760 |
|
---|
2761 | p->p_type = m->p_type;
|
---|
2762 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
|
---|
2763 |
|
---|
2764 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
2765 | && m->count > 0
|
---|
2766 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
2767 | {
|
---|
2768 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
2769 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
2770 | else
|
---|
2771 | {
|
---|
2772 | bfd_size_type align;
|
---|
2773 |
|
---|
2774 | align = 0;
|
---|
2775 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
---|
2776 | {
|
---|
2777 | bfd_size_type secalign;
|
---|
2778 |
|
---|
2779 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
|
---|
2780 | if (secalign > align)
|
---|
2781 | align = secalign;
|
---|
2782 | }
|
---|
2783 |
|
---|
2784 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % (1 << align);
|
---|
2785 | }
|
---|
2786 | }
|
---|
2787 |
|
---|
2788 | if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
2789 | p->p_vaddr = 0;
|
---|
2790 | else
|
---|
2791 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
|
---|
2792 |
|
---|
2793 | if (m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
2794 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
|
---|
2795 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
2796 | p->p_paddr = 0;
|
---|
2797 | else
|
---|
2798 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
|
---|
2799 |
|
---|
2800 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
2801 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
2802 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
2803 | else if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
2804 | p->p_align = bed->s->file_align;
|
---|
2805 | else
|
---|
2806 | p->p_align = 0;
|
---|
2807 |
|
---|
2808 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
---|
2809 | p->p_filesz = 0;
|
---|
2810 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
---|
2811 |
|
---|
2812 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
2813 | {
|
---|
2814 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
---|
2815 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
---|
2816 | p->p_offset = 0;
|
---|
2817 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2818 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2819 | if (m->count > 0)
|
---|
2820 | {
|
---|
2821 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
---|
2822 |
|
---|
2823 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
|
---|
2824 | {
|
---|
2825 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
|
---|
2826 | bfd_get_filename (abfd));
|
---|
2827 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
---|
2828 | return false;
|
---|
2829 | }
|
---|
2830 |
|
---|
2831 | p->p_vaddr -= off;
|
---|
2832 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
2833 | p->p_paddr -= off;
|
---|
2834 | }
|
---|
2835 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
2836 | {
|
---|
2837 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
---|
2838 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
---|
2839 | }
|
---|
2840 | }
|
---|
2841 |
|
---|
2842 | if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
2843 | {
|
---|
2844 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
---|
2845 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
---|
2846 |
|
---|
2847 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
2848 | {
|
---|
2849 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
2850 | {
|
---|
2851 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2852 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2853 | }
|
---|
2854 | }
|
---|
2855 | else
|
---|
2856 | {
|
---|
2857 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2858 |
|
---|
2859 | if (m->count > 0)
|
---|
2860 | {
|
---|
2861 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
|
---|
2862 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
---|
2863 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
2864 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
---|
2865 | }
|
---|
2866 |
|
---|
2867 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
2868 | {
|
---|
2869 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
|
---|
2870 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
|
---|
2871 | }
|
---|
2872 | else
|
---|
2873 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
2874 | }
|
---|
2875 |
|
---|
2876 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
2877 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
2878 | }
|
---|
2879 |
|
---|
2880 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
---|
2881 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
---|
2882 | {
|
---|
2883 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
2884 | p->p_offset = off;
|
---|
2885 | else
|
---|
2886 | {
|
---|
2887 | file_ptr adjust;
|
---|
2888 |
|
---|
2889 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
|
---|
2890 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
---|
2891 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
---|
2892 | }
|
---|
2893 | }
|
---|
2894 |
|
---|
2895 | voff = off;
|
---|
2896 |
|
---|
2897 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
---|
2898 | {
|
---|
2899 | asection *sec;
|
---|
2900 | flagword flags;
|
---|
2901 | bfd_size_type align;
|
---|
2902 |
|
---|
2903 | sec = *secpp;
|
---|
2904 | flags = sec->flags;
|
---|
2905 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
|
---|
2906 |
|
---|
2907 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a
|
---|
2908 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the
|
---|
2909 | cumulative phdr vma and the section's vma. */
|
---|
2910 | if (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz < sec->vma)
|
---|
2911 | {
|
---|
2912 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->vma - (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz);
|
---|
2913 |
|
---|
2914 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
---|
2915 | off += adjust;
|
---|
2916 | voff += adjust;
|
---|
2917 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
2918 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
---|
2919 | }
|
---|
2920 |
|
---|
2921 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
2922 | {
|
---|
2923 | bfd_signed_vma adjust;
|
---|
2924 |
|
---|
2925 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
2926 | {
|
---|
2927 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
|
---|
2928 | if (adjust < 0)
|
---|
2929 | adjust = 0;
|
---|
2930 | }
|
---|
2931 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
2932 | {
|
---|
2933 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position
|
---|
2934 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if
|
---|
2935 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to
|
---|
2936 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then
|
---|
2937 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */
|
---|
2938 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
2939 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
2940 | else
|
---|
2941 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align;
|
---|
2942 | }
|
---|
2943 | else
|
---|
2944 | adjust = 0;
|
---|
2945 |
|
---|
2946 | if (adjust != 0)
|
---|
2947 | {
|
---|
2948 | if (i == 0)
|
---|
2949 | {
|
---|
2950 | (* _bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
2951 | (_("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x"),
|
---|
2952 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec), sec->lma);
|
---|
2953 | (* _bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
2954 | (_(" whereas segment starts at 0x%x"),
|
---|
2955 | p->p_paddr);
|
---|
2956 |
|
---|
2957 | return false;
|
---|
2958 | }
|
---|
2959 | p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
---|
2960 | off += adjust;
|
---|
2961 | voff += adjust;
|
---|
2962 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
2963 | p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
---|
2964 | }
|
---|
2965 |
|
---|
2966 | sec->filepos = off;
|
---|
2967 |
|
---|
2968 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is
|
---|
2969 | used in a linker script we may have a section with
|
---|
2970 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have
|
---|
2971 | contents. */
|
---|
2972 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
2973 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
|
---|
2974 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
2975 |
|
---|
2976 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
2977 | voff += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
2978 | }
|
---|
2979 |
|
---|
2980 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
---|
2981 | {
|
---|
2982 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0.
|
---|
2983 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */
|
---|
2984 | if (i == 0)
|
---|
2985 | {
|
---|
2986 | sec->filepos = off;
|
---|
2987 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
2988 | off += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
2989 | voff = off;
|
---|
2990 | }
|
---|
2991 | else
|
---|
2992 | {
|
---|
2993 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */
|
---|
2994 | sec->filepos = 0;
|
---|
2995 | sec->_raw_size = 0;
|
---|
2996 | flags = sec->flags = 0;
|
---|
2997 | }
|
---|
2998 | p->p_memsz = 0;
|
---|
2999 | p->p_align = 1;
|
---|
3000 | }
|
---|
3001 | else
|
---|
3002 | {
|
---|
3003 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3004 |
|
---|
3005 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3006 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size;
|
---|
3007 |
|
---|
3008 | if (align > p->p_align
|
---|
3009 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
|
---|
3010 | p->p_align = align;
|
---|
3011 | }
|
---|
3012 |
|
---|
3013 | if (! m->p_flags_valid)
|
---|
3014 | {
|
---|
3015 | p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
---|
3016 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
---|
3017 | p->p_flags |= PF_X;
|
---|
3018 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
---|
3019 | p->p_flags |= PF_W;
|
---|
3020 | }
|
---|
3021 | }
|
---|
3022 | }
|
---|
3023 |
|
---|
3024 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
|
---|
3025 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
|
---|
3026 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
|
---|
3027 | m != NULL;
|
---|
3028 | m = m->next, p++)
|
---|
3029 | {
|
---|
3030 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
|
---|
3031 | {
|
---|
3032 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
|
---|
3033 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
|
---|
3034 | }
|
---|
3035 | if (m->count == 0)
|
---|
3036 | {
|
---|
3037 | if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
3038 | {
|
---|
3039 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
|
---|
3040 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
3041 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
|
---|
3042 | }
|
---|
3043 | else if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
3044 | {
|
---|
3045 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
|
---|
3046 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
|
---|
3047 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
|
---|
3048 | }
|
---|
3049 | }
|
---|
3050 | }
|
---|
3051 |
|
---|
3052 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
|
---|
3053 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
|
---|
3054 | {
|
---|
3055 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
|
---|
3056 | p->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
---|
3057 | }
|
---|
3058 |
|
---|
3059 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
|
---|
3060 |
|
---|
3061 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
3062 |
|
---|
3063 | /* Write out the program headers. */
|
---|
3064 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
3065 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
|
---|
3066 | return false;
|
---|
3067 |
|
---|
3068 | return true;
|
---|
3069 | }
|
---|
3070 |
|
---|
3071 | /* Get the size of the program header.
|
---|
3072 |
|
---|
3073 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
|
---|
3074 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
|
---|
3075 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
|
---|
3076 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
|
---|
3077 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
|
---|
3078 |
|
---|
3079 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
|
---|
3080 | will be two segments. */
|
---|
3081 |
|
---|
3082 | static bfd_size_type
|
---|
3083 | get_program_header_size (abfd)
|
---|
3084 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3085 | {
|
---|
3086 | size_t segs;
|
---|
3087 | asection *s;
|
---|
3088 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
3089 |
|
---|
3090 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
|
---|
3091 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
|
---|
3092 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
3093 |
|
---|
3094 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
|
---|
3095 | {
|
---|
3096 | struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
---|
3097 |
|
---|
3098 | segs = 0;
|
---|
3099 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
---|
3100 | ++segs;
|
---|
3101 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3102 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
3103 | }
|
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
|
---|
3106 | and one for data. */
|
---|
3107 | segs = 2;
|
---|
3108 |
|
---|
3109 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
---|
3110 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
---|
3111 | {
|
---|
3112 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
|
---|
3113 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
|
---|
3114 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
|
---|
3115 | targets. */
|
---|
3116 | segs += 2;
|
---|
3117 | }
|
---|
3118 |
|
---|
3119 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
|
---|
3120 | {
|
---|
3121 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
---|
3122 | ++segs;
|
---|
3123 | }
|
---|
3124 |
|
---|
3125 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
3126 | {
|
---|
3127 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
---|
3128 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
|
---|
3129 | {
|
---|
3130 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
|
---|
3131 | ++segs;
|
---|
3132 | }
|
---|
3133 | }
|
---|
3134 |
|
---|
3135 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
|
---|
3136 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
|
---|
3137 | {
|
---|
3138 | int a;
|
---|
3139 |
|
---|
3140 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
|
---|
3141 | if (a == -1)
|
---|
3142 | abort ();
|
---|
3143 | segs += a;
|
---|
3144 | }
|
---|
3145 |
|
---|
3146 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
---|
3147 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
|
---|
3148 | }
|
---|
3149 |
|
---|
3150 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
|
---|
3151 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
|
---|
3152 | VMAs must be known before this is called.
|
---|
3153 |
|
---|
3154 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form
|
---|
3155 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file
|
---|
3156 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by
|
---|
3157 | write_object_contents and final_link.
|
---|
3158 |
|
---|
3159 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
|
---|
3160 |
|
---|
3161 | static boolean
|
---|
3162 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)
|
---|
3163 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3164 | {
|
---|
3165 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
---|
3166 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
3167 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
3168 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
3169 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
3170 |
|
---|
3171 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
|
---|
3172 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
|
---|
3173 | {
|
---|
3174 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
---|
3175 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3176 |
|
---|
3177 | /* Start after the ELF header. */
|
---|
3178 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
|
---|
3179 |
|
---|
3180 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
|
---|
3181 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
|
---|
3182 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */
|
---|
3183 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
3184 | {
|
---|
3185 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
3186 |
|
---|
3187 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
---|
3188 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
---|
3189 | {
|
---|
3190 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
---|
3191 | continue;
|
---|
3192 | }
|
---|
3193 | if (i == tdata->symtab_section
|
---|
3194 | || i == tdata->strtab_section)
|
---|
3195 | {
|
---|
3196 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
---|
3197 | continue;
|
---|
3198 | }
|
---|
3199 |
|
---|
3200 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
---|
3201 | }
|
---|
3202 | }
|
---|
3203 | else
|
---|
3204 | {
|
---|
3205 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3206 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
---|
3207 |
|
---|
3208 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
|
---|
3209 | assignment of sections to segments. */
|
---|
3210 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd))
|
---|
3211 | return false;
|
---|
3212 |
|
---|
3213 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
|
---|
3214 |
|
---|
3215 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
---|
3216 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
|
---|
3217 | {
|
---|
3218 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
3219 |
|
---|
3220 | hdr = *hdrpp;
|
---|
3221 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
---|
3222 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
|
---|
3223 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
|
---|
3224 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
3225 | {
|
---|
3226 | ((*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
3227 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
|
---|
3228 | bfd_get_filename (abfd),
|
---|
3229 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
|
---|
3230 | ? "*unknown*"
|
---|
3231 | : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
|
---|
3232 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
---|
3233 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
|
---|
3234 | else
|
---|
3235 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign;
|
---|
3236 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
|
---|
3237 | false);
|
---|
3238 | }
|
---|
3239 | else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
---|
3240 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
|
---|
3241 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
|
---|
3242 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
|
---|
3243 | hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
---|
3244 | else
|
---|
3245 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
---|
3246 | }
|
---|
3247 | }
|
---|
3248 |
|
---|
3249 | /* Place the section headers. */
|
---|
3250 | off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align);
|
---|
3251 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
|
---|
3252 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
|
---|
3253 |
|
---|
3254 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
3255 |
|
---|
3256 | return true;
|
---|
3257 | }
|
---|
3258 |
|
---|
3259 | static boolean
|
---|
3260 | prep_headers (abfd)
|
---|
3261 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3262 | {
|
---|
3263 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
|
---|
3264 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
|
---|
3265 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
|
---|
3266 | int count;
|
---|
3267 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
|
---|
3268 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
3269 |
|
---|
3270 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
3271 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
3272 |
|
---|
3273 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
|
---|
3274 | if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
---|
3275 | return false;
|
---|
3276 |
|
---|
3277 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
|
---|
3278 |
|
---|
3279 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
|
---|
3280 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
|
---|
3281 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
|
---|
3282 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
|
---|
3283 |
|
---|
3284 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
|
---|
3285 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
|
---|
3286 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
|
---|
3287 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
|
---|
3288 |
|
---|
3289 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_NONE;
|
---|
3290 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 0;
|
---|
3291 |
|
---|
3292 | for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++)
|
---|
3293 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0;
|
---|
3294 |
|
---|
3295 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
---|
3296 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
|
---|
3297 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
|
---|
3298 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
|
---|
3299 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
---|
3300 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
|
---|
3301 | else
|
---|
3302 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
|
---|
3303 |
|
---|
3304 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
---|
3305 | {
|
---|
3306 | case bfd_arch_unknown:
|
---|
3307 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
---|
3308 | break;
|
---|
3309 | case bfd_arch_sparc:
|
---|
3310 | if (bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) == 64)
|
---|
3311 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARCV9;
|
---|
3312 | else
|
---|
3313 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC;
|
---|
3314 | break;
|
---|
3315 | case bfd_arch_i370:
|
---|
3316 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_S370;
|
---|
3317 | break;
|
---|
3318 | case bfd_arch_i386:
|
---|
3319 | if (bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) == 64)
|
---|
3320 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_X86_64;
|
---|
3321 | else
|
---|
3322 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386;
|
---|
3323 | break;
|
---|
3324 | case bfd_arch_ia64:
|
---|
3325 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_IA_64;
|
---|
3326 | break;
|
---|
3327 | case bfd_arch_m68hc11:
|
---|
3328 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68HC11;
|
---|
3329 | break;
|
---|
3330 | case bfd_arch_m68hc12:
|
---|
3331 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68HC12;
|
---|
3332 | break;
|
---|
3333 | case bfd_arch_m68k:
|
---|
3334 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K;
|
---|
3335 | break;
|
---|
3336 | case bfd_arch_m88k:
|
---|
3337 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K;
|
---|
3338 | break;
|
---|
3339 | case bfd_arch_i860:
|
---|
3340 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860;
|
---|
3341 | break;
|
---|
3342 | case bfd_arch_i960:
|
---|
3343 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_960;
|
---|
3344 | break;
|
---|
3345 | case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */
|
---|
3346 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */
|
---|
3347 | break;
|
---|
3348 | case bfd_arch_hppa:
|
---|
3349 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PARISC;
|
---|
3350 | break;
|
---|
3351 | case bfd_arch_powerpc:
|
---|
3352 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PPC;
|
---|
3353 | break;
|
---|
3354 | case bfd_arch_alpha:
|
---|
3355 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_ALPHA;
|
---|
3356 | break;
|
---|
3357 | case bfd_arch_sh:
|
---|
3358 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SH;
|
---|
3359 | break;
|
---|
3360 | case bfd_arch_d10v:
|
---|
3361 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_D10V;
|
---|
3362 | break;
|
---|
3363 | case bfd_arch_d30v:
|
---|
3364 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_D30V;
|
---|
3365 | break;
|
---|
3366 | case bfd_arch_fr30:
|
---|
3367 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_FR30;
|
---|
3368 | break;
|
---|
3369 | case bfd_arch_mcore:
|
---|
3370 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MCORE;
|
---|
3371 | break;
|
---|
3372 | case bfd_arch_avr:
|
---|
3373 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_AVR;
|
---|
3374 | break;
|
---|
3375 | case bfd_arch_v850:
|
---|
3376 | switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
|
---|
3377 | {
|
---|
3378 | default:
|
---|
3379 | case 0: i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_V850; break;
|
---|
3380 | }
|
---|
3381 | break;
|
---|
3382 | case bfd_arch_arc:
|
---|
3383 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_ARC;
|
---|
3384 | break;
|
---|
3385 | case bfd_arch_arm:
|
---|
3386 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_ARM;
|
---|
3387 | break;
|
---|
3388 | case bfd_arch_m32r:
|
---|
3389 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_M32R;
|
---|
3390 | break;
|
---|
3391 | case bfd_arch_mn10200:
|
---|
3392 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_MN10200;
|
---|
3393 | break;
|
---|
3394 | case bfd_arch_mn10300:
|
---|
3395 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_MN10300;
|
---|
3396 | break;
|
---|
3397 | case bfd_arch_pj:
|
---|
3398 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PJ;
|
---|
3399 | break;
|
---|
3400 | case bfd_arch_cris:
|
---|
3401 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CRIS;
|
---|
3402 | break;
|
---|
3403 | /* Also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd. */
|
---|
3404 | default:
|
---|
3405 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
---|
3406 | }
|
---|
3407 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
|
---|
3408 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
3409 |
|
---|
3410 | /* No program header, for now. */
|
---|
3411 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
---|
3412 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
---|
3413 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
|
---|
3414 |
|
---|
3415 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
|
---|
3416 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
|
---|
3417 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
|
---|
3418 |
|
---|
3419 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
|
---|
3420 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
|
---|
3421 | {
|
---|
3422 | /* It all happens later. */
|
---|
3423 | #if 0
|
---|
3424 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
|
---|
3425 |
|
---|
3426 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
|
---|
3427 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */
|
---|
3428 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
|
---|
3429 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase;
|
---|
3430 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
|
---|
3431 | #endif
|
---|
3432 | }
|
---|
3433 | else
|
---|
3434 | {
|
---|
3435 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
---|
3436 | i_phdrp = 0;
|
---|
3437 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
---|
3438 | }
|
---|
3439 |
|
---|
3440 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
---|
3441 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", true, false);
|
---|
3442 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
---|
3443 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", true, false);
|
---|
3444 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
---|
3445 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", true, false);
|
---|
3446 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
---|
3447 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
---|
3448 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
---|
3449 | return false;
|
---|
3450 |
|
---|
3451 | return true;
|
---|
3452 | }
|
---|
3453 |
|
---|
3454 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
|
---|
3455 | of the loadable file image. */
|
---|
3456 |
|
---|
3457 | void
|
---|
3458 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd)
|
---|
3459 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3460 | {
|
---|
3461 | file_ptr off;
|
---|
3462 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3463 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
|
---|
3464 |
|
---|
3465 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
|
---|
3466 |
|
---|
3467 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
|
---|
3468 | i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
|
---|
3469 | i++, shdrpp++)
|
---|
3470 | {
|
---|
3471 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
|
---|
3472 |
|
---|
3473 | shdrp = *shdrpp;
|
---|
3474 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
---|
3475 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
|
---|
3476 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true);
|
---|
3477 | }
|
---|
3478 |
|
---|
3479 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
|
---|
3480 | }
|
---|
3481 |
|
---|
3482 | boolean
|
---|
3483 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd)
|
---|
3484 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3485 | {
|
---|
3486 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
3487 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
---|
3488 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
---|
3489 | boolean failed;
|
---|
3490 | unsigned int count;
|
---|
3491 |
|
---|
3492 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
---|
3493 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
---|
3494 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
|
---|
3495 | return false;
|
---|
3496 |
|
---|
3497 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
3498 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
---|
3499 |
|
---|
3500 | failed = false;
|
---|
3501 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
|
---|
3502 | if (failed)
|
---|
3503 | return false;
|
---|
3504 |
|
---|
3505 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
|
---|
3506 |
|
---|
3507 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
|
---|
3508 | for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
|
---|
3509 | {
|
---|
3510 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
|
---|
3511 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
|
---|
3512 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
|
---|
3513 | {
|
---|
3514 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
3515 | || (bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size,
|
---|
3516 | 1, abfd)
|
---|
3517 | != i_shdrp[count]->sh_size))
|
---|
3518 | return false;
|
---|
3519 | }
|
---|
3520 | }
|
---|
3521 |
|
---|
3522 | /* Write out the section header names. */
|
---|
3523 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
3524 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))
|
---|
3525 | return false;
|
---|
3526 |
|
---|
3527 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
|
---|
3528 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
|
---|
3529 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
|
---|
3530 |
|
---|
3531 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
|
---|
3532 | }
|
---|
3533 |
|
---|
3534 | boolean
|
---|
3535 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (abfd)
|
---|
3536 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3537 | {
|
---|
3538 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
|
---|
3539 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
|
---|
3540 | }
|
---|
3541 |
|
---|
3542 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
|
---|
3543 |
|
---|
3544 | int
|
---|
3545 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect)
|
---|
3546 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3547 | struct sec *asect;
|
---|
3548 | {
|
---|
3549 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
3550 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
---|
3551 | int index;
|
---|
3552 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
3553 | int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
|
---|
3554 |
|
---|
3555 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
|
---|
3556 | {
|
---|
3557 | hdr = i_shdrp[index];
|
---|
3558 | if (hdr->bfd_section == asect)
|
---|
3559 | return index;
|
---|
3560 | }
|
---|
3561 |
|
---|
3562 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
---|
3563 | {
|
---|
3564 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
|
---|
3565 | {
|
---|
3566 | int retval;
|
---|
3567 |
|
---|
3568 | hdr = i_shdrp[index];
|
---|
3569 | retval = index;
|
---|
3570 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
---|
3571 | (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval))
|
---|
3572 | return retval;
|
---|
3573 | }
|
---|
3574 | }
|
---|
3575 |
|
---|
3576 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
|
---|
3577 | return SHN_ABS;
|
---|
3578 | if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
|
---|
3579 | return SHN_COMMON;
|
---|
3580 | if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
|
---|
3581 | return SHN_UNDEF;
|
---|
3582 |
|
---|
3583 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
|
---|
3584 |
|
---|
3585 | return -1;
|
---|
3586 | }
|
---|
3587 |
|
---|
3588 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
|
---|
3589 | on error. */
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | int
|
---|
3592 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr)
|
---|
3593 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
3594 | asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr;
|
---|
3595 | {
|
---|
3596 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
|
---|
3597 | int idx;
|
---|
3598 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
|
---|
3599 |
|
---|
3600 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
|
---|
3601 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
|
---|
3602 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
|
---|
3603 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
|
---|
3604 | input sections rather than the output section. */
|
---|
3605 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
|
---|
3606 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
---|
3607 | && asym_ptr->section)
|
---|
3608 | {
|
---|
3609 | int indx;
|
---|
3610 |
|
---|
3611 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
|
---|
3612 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
|
---|
3613 | else
|
---|
3614 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
|
---|
3615 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx])
|
---|
3616 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
|
---|
3617 | }
|
---|
3618 |
|
---|
3619 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
|
---|
3620 |
|
---|
3621 | if (idx == 0)
|
---|
3622 | {
|
---|
3623 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
|
---|
3624 | which is used in a relocation entry. */
|
---|
3625 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
3626 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
|
---|
3627 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
|
---|
3628 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
|
---|
3629 | return -1;
|
---|
3630 | }
|
---|
3631 |
|
---|
3632 | #if DEBUG & 4
|
---|
3633 | {
|
---|
3634 | fprintf (stderr,
|
---|
3635 | _("elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n"),
|
---|
3636 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
|
---|
3637 | elf_symbol_flags (flags));
|
---|
3638 | fflush (stderr);
|
---|
3639 | }
|
---|
3640 | #endif
|
---|
3641 |
|
---|
3642 | return idx;
|
---|
3643 | }
|
---|
3644 |
|
---|
3645 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
|
---|
3646 |
|
---|
3647 | static boolean
|
---|
3648 | copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
|
---|
3649 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
3650 | bfd *obfd;
|
---|
3651 | {
|
---|
3652 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * iehdr;
|
---|
3653 | struct elf_segment_map * map;
|
---|
3654 | struct elf_segment_map * map_first;
|
---|
3655 | struct elf_segment_map ** pointer_to_map;
|
---|
3656 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * segment;
|
---|
3657 | asection * section;
|
---|
3658 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
3659 | unsigned int num_segments;
|
---|
3660 | boolean phdr_included = false;
|
---|
3661 | bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
---|
3662 | struct elf_segment_map * phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
|
---|
3663 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
|
---|
3664 |
|
---|
3665 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
3666 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
3667 | return true;
|
---|
3668 |
|
---|
3669 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
|
---|
3670 | return true;
|
---|
3671 |
|
---|
3672 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
|
---|
3673 |
|
---|
3674 | map_first = NULL;
|
---|
3675 | pointer_to_map = &map_first;
|
---|
3676 |
|
---|
3677 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
---|
3678 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
|
---|
3679 |
|
---|
3680 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
|
---|
3681 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
|
---|
3682 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
|
---|
3683 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
|
---|
3684 |
|
---|
3685 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within
|
---|
3686 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
|
---|
3687 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
|
---|
3688 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
|
---|
3689 | && (section->vma + section->_raw_size) \
|
---|
3690 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))
|
---|
3691 |
|
---|
3692 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within
|
---|
3693 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
|
---|
3694 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
|
---|
3695 | (section->lma >= base \
|
---|
3696 | && (section->lma + section->_raw_size) \
|
---|
3697 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))
|
---|
3698 |
|
---|
3699 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
|
---|
3700 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
|
---|
3701 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
|
---|
3702 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
|
---|
3703 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
|
---|
3704 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
---|
3705 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
---|
3706 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)
|
---|
3707 |
|
---|
3708 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
|
---|
3709 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
|
---|
3710 | p_memsz set to 0. */
|
---|
3711 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
|
---|
3712 | ( p->p_vaddr == 0 \
|
---|
3713 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \
|
---|
3714 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
|
---|
3715 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \
|
---|
3716 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
---|
3717 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \
|
---|
3718 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
---|
3719 |
|
---|
3720 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
|
---|
3721 | A section will be included if:
|
---|
3722 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment,
|
---|
3723 | 2. It is an allocated segment,
|
---|
3724 | 3. There is an output section associated with it,
|
---|
3725 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. */
|
---|
3726 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment) \
|
---|
3727 | ((((IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment) \
|
---|
3728 | || IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) \
|
---|
3729 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
|
---|
3730 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
|
---|
3731 | && section->output_section != NULL \
|
---|
3732 | && section->segment_mark == false)
|
---|
3733 |
|
---|
3734 | /* Returns true iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
|
---|
3735 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2) \
|
---|
3736 | (seg1->p_vaddr >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->p_vaddr))
|
---|
3737 |
|
---|
3738 | /* Returns true iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. */
|
---|
3739 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
|
---|
3740 | (!(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2) || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1)))
|
---|
3741 |
|
---|
3742 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
|
---|
3743 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
---|
3744 | section->segment_mark = false;
|
---|
3745 |
|
---|
3746 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
|
---|
3747 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
|
---|
3748 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by wierd
|
---|
3749 | parameters to objcopy. */
|
---|
3750 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
---|
3751 | i < num_segments;
|
---|
3752 | i++, segment++)
|
---|
3753 | {
|
---|
3754 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
3755 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
|
---|
3756 |
|
---|
3757 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3758 | continue;
|
---|
3759 |
|
---|
3760 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
|
---|
3761 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
|
---|
3762 | {
|
---|
3763 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
|
---|
3764 |
|
---|
3765 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
|
---|
3766 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
|
---|
3767 | continue;
|
---|
3768 |
|
---|
3769 | /* Merge the two segments together. */
|
---|
3770 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
|
---|
3771 | {
|
---|
3772 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
|
---|
3773 | SEGMENT. */
|
---|
3774 | extra_length =
|
---|
3775 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
|
---|
3776 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
|
---|
3777 |
|
---|
3778 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
---|
3779 | {
|
---|
3780 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
---|
3781 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
---|
3782 | }
|
---|
3783 |
|
---|
3784 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
---|
3785 |
|
---|
3786 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
|
---|
3787 | i = 0;
|
---|
3788 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
---|
3789 | break;
|
---|
3790 | }
|
---|
3791 | else
|
---|
3792 | {
|
---|
3793 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
|
---|
3794 | SEGMENT2. */
|
---|
3795 | extra_length =
|
---|
3796 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
|
---|
3797 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
|
---|
3798 |
|
---|
3799 | if (extra_length > 0)
|
---|
3800 | {
|
---|
3801 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
---|
3802 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
---|
3803 | }
|
---|
3804 |
|
---|
3805 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
---|
3806 | }
|
---|
3807 | }
|
---|
3808 | }
|
---|
3809 |
|
---|
3810 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
|
---|
3811 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
---|
3812 | i < num_segments;
|
---|
3813 | i ++, segment ++)
|
---|
3814 | {
|
---|
3815 | unsigned int section_count;
|
---|
3816 | asection ** sections;
|
---|
3817 | asection * output_section;
|
---|
3818 | unsigned int isec;
|
---|
3819 | bfd_vma matching_lma;
|
---|
3820 | bfd_vma suggested_lma;
|
---|
3821 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
3822 |
|
---|
3823 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
---|
3824 | continue;
|
---|
3825 |
|
---|
3826 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
|
---|
3827 | section_count = 0;
|
---|
3828 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
---|
3829 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment))
|
---|
3830 | ++section_count;
|
---|
3831 |
|
---|
3832 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain all of the
|
---|
3833 | sections we have selected. */
|
---|
3834 | map = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
---|
3835 | bfd_alloc (obfd,
|
---|
3836 | (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
|
---|
3837 | + ((size_t) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *))));
|
---|
3838 | if (map == NULL)
|
---|
3839 | return false;
|
---|
3840 |
|
---|
3841 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
|
---|
3842 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
|
---|
3843 | map->next = NULL;
|
---|
3844 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
---|
3845 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
---|
3846 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
---|
3847 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
|
---|
3848 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
---|
3849 |
|
---|
3850 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
|
---|
3851 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
|
---|
3852 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
|
---|
3853 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
|
---|
3854 |
|
---|
3855 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
---|
3856 |
|
---|
3857 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3858 | {
|
---|
3859 | map->includes_phdrs =
|
---|
3860 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
---|
3861 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
|
---|
3862 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
---|
3863 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
|
---|
3864 |
|
---|
3865 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
3866 | phdr_included = true;
|
---|
3867 | }
|
---|
3868 |
|
---|
3869 | if (section_count == 0)
|
---|
3870 | {
|
---|
3871 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
|
---|
3872 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
|
---|
3873 | something. */
|
---|
3874 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
---|
3875 | _bfd_error_handler
|
---|
3876 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected\n"),
|
---|
3877 | bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
|
---|
3878 |
|
---|
3879 | map->count = 0;
|
---|
3880 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
---|
3881 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
---|
3882 |
|
---|
3883 | continue;
|
---|
3884 | }
|
---|
3885 |
|
---|
3886 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
|
---|
3887 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
|
---|
3888 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
|
---|
3889 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
|
---|
3890 |
|
---|
3891 | 1. None of the sections have been moved.
|
---|
3892 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
|
---|
3893 | input BFD.
|
---|
3894 |
|
---|
3895 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
|
---|
3896 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
---|
3897 | of the first section.
|
---|
3898 |
|
---|
3899 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
|
---|
3900 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
|
---|
3901 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
|
---|
3902 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
|
---|
3903 | have to be created to contain the other sections.
|
---|
3904 |
|
---|
3905 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not be the same amount.
|
---|
3906 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
---|
3907 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
|
---|
3908 | or segments to contain the other sections.
|
---|
3909 |
|
---|
3910 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
|
---|
3911 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
|
---|
3912 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
|
---|
3913 |
|
---|
3914 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc
|
---|
3915 | (sizeof (asection *) * section_count);
|
---|
3916 | if (sections == NULL)
|
---|
3917 | return false;
|
---|
3918 |
|
---|
3919 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
|
---|
3920 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
|
---|
3921 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
|
---|
3922 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
|
---|
3923 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
|
---|
3924 | more to do. */
|
---|
3925 | isec = 0;
|
---|
3926 | matching_lma = 0;
|
---|
3927 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
---|
3928 |
|
---|
3929 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
|
---|
3930 | section != NULL;
|
---|
3931 | section = section->next)
|
---|
3932 | {
|
---|
3933 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment))
|
---|
3934 | {
|
---|
3935 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
---|
3936 |
|
---|
3937 | sections[j ++] = section;
|
---|
3938 |
|
---|
3939 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
|
---|
3940 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
|
---|
3941 | correct value. */
|
---|
3942 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0
|
---|
3943 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0
|
---|
3944 | && isec == 0
|
---|
3945 | && output_section->lma != 0
|
---|
3946 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
|
---|
3947 | + (map->includes_filehdr
|
---|
3948 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize
|
---|
3949 | : 0)
|
---|
3950 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
---|
3951 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
---|
3952 | : 0))))
|
---|
3953 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
|
---|
3954 |
|
---|
3955 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
|
---|
3956 | LMA address of the output section. */
|
---|
3957 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
---|
3958 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
|
---|
3959 | {
|
---|
3960 | if (matching_lma == 0)
|
---|
3961 | matching_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
3962 |
|
---|
3963 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
|
---|
3964 | then it does not overlap any other section within that
|
---|
3965 | segment. */
|
---|
3966 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
|
---|
3967 | }
|
---|
3968 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
---|
3969 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
3970 | }
|
---|
3971 | }
|
---|
3972 |
|
---|
3973 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
|
---|
3974 |
|
---|
3975 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
|
---|
3976 | if necessary. */
|
---|
3977 | if (isec == section_count)
|
---|
3978 | {
|
---|
3979 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
|
---|
3980 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
|
---|
3981 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
|
---|
3982 | program header in the input BFD. */
|
---|
3983 | map->count = section_count;
|
---|
3984 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
---|
3985 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
---|
3986 |
|
---|
3987 | free (sections);
|
---|
3988 | continue;
|
---|
3989 | }
|
---|
3990 | else
|
---|
3991 | {
|
---|
3992 | if (matching_lma != 0)
|
---|
3993 | {
|
---|
3994 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
|
---|
3995 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
|
---|
3996 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */
|
---|
3997 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
|
---|
3998 | }
|
---|
3999 | else
|
---|
4000 | {
|
---|
4001 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
|
---|
4002 | Change the current segment's physical address to match
|
---|
4003 | the LMA of the first section. */
|
---|
4004 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
---|
4005 | }
|
---|
4006 |
|
---|
4007 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
|
---|
4008 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
|
---|
4009 | if (map->includes_filehdr)
|
---|
4010 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
|
---|
4011 |
|
---|
4012 | if (map->includes_phdrs)
|
---|
4013 | {
|
---|
4014 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
---|
4015 |
|
---|
4016 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
|
---|
4017 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note
|
---|
4018 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose
|
---|
4019 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
|
---|
4020 | offset when we know the correct value. */
|
---|
4021 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
|
---|
4022 | phdr_adjust_seg = map;
|
---|
4023 | }
|
---|
4024 | }
|
---|
4025 |
|
---|
4026 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
|
---|
4027 | those that fit to the current segment and remvoing them from the
|
---|
4028 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
|
---|
4029 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
|
---|
4030 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
|
---|
4031 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
|
---|
4032 | the loop. */
|
---|
4033 | isec = 0;
|
---|
4034 | do
|
---|
4035 | {
|
---|
4036 | map->count = 0;
|
---|
4037 | suggested_lma = 0;
|
---|
4038 |
|
---|
4039 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
|
---|
4040 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
|
---|
4041 | {
|
---|
4042 | section = sections[j];
|
---|
4043 |
|
---|
4044 | if (section == NULL)
|
---|
4045 | continue;
|
---|
4046 |
|
---|
4047 | output_section = section->output_section;
|
---|
4048 |
|
---|
4049 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
|
---|
4050 |
|
---|
4051 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
|
---|
4052 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
|
---|
4053 | {
|
---|
4054 | if (map->count == 0)
|
---|
4055 | {
|
---|
4056 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
|
---|
4057 | the beginning of the segment, then something is
|
---|
4058 | wrong. */
|
---|
4059 | if (output_section->lma !=
|
---|
4060 | (map->p_paddr
|
---|
4061 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
|
---|
4062 | + (map->includes_phdrs
|
---|
4063 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
---|
4064 | : 0)))
|
---|
4065 | abort ();
|
---|
4066 | }
|
---|
4067 | else
|
---|
4068 | {
|
---|
4069 | asection * prev_sec;
|
---|
4070 |
|
---|
4071 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
|
---|
4072 |
|
---|
4073 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
|
---|
4074 | and the start of this section is more than
|
---|
4075 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
|
---|
4076 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
|
---|
4077 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
|
---|
4078 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) > output_section->lma))
|
---|
4079 | {
|
---|
4080 | if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
---|
4081 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
4082 |
|
---|
4083 | continue;
|
---|
4084 | }
|
---|
4085 | }
|
---|
4086 |
|
---|
4087 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
|
---|
4088 | ++isec;
|
---|
4089 | sections[j] = NULL;
|
---|
4090 | section->segment_mark = true;
|
---|
4091 | }
|
---|
4092 | else if (suggested_lma == 0)
|
---|
4093 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
|
---|
4094 | }
|
---|
4095 |
|
---|
4096 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
|
---|
4097 |
|
---|
4098 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
|
---|
4099 | *pointer_to_map = map;
|
---|
4100 | pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
---|
4101 |
|
---|
4102 | if (isec < section_count)
|
---|
4103 | {
|
---|
4104 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
|
---|
4105 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
|
---|
4106 | and carry on looping. */
|
---|
4107 | map = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
|
---|
4108 | bfd_alloc (obfd,
|
---|
4109 | (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
|
---|
4110 | + ((size_t) section_count - 1)
|
---|
4111 | * sizeof (asection *))));
|
---|
4112 | if (map == NULL)
|
---|
4113 | return false;
|
---|
4114 |
|
---|
4115 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
|
---|
4116 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
|
---|
4117 | not yet been assigned. */
|
---|
4118 | map->next = NULL;
|
---|
4119 | map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
---|
4120 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
---|
4121 | map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
---|
4122 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
|
---|
4123 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
---|
4124 | map->includes_filehdr = 0;
|
---|
4125 | map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
---|
4126 | }
|
---|
4127 | }
|
---|
4128 | while (isec < section_count);
|
---|
4129 |
|
---|
4130 | free (sections);
|
---|
4131 | }
|
---|
4132 |
|
---|
4133 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
|
---|
4134 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
|
---|
4135 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
|
---|
4136 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
|
---|
4137 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
---|
4138 | if (map->p_paddr != 0)
|
---|
4139 | break;
|
---|
4140 | if (map == NULL)
|
---|
4141 | {
|
---|
4142 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
---|
4143 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
|
---|
4144 | }
|
---|
4145 |
|
---|
4146 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
|
---|
4147 |
|
---|
4148 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
|
---|
4149 | going to be needed, then check our estimate know and adjust
|
---|
4150 | the offset if necessary. */
|
---|
4151 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
|
---|
4152 | {
|
---|
4153 | unsigned int count;
|
---|
4154 |
|
---|
4155 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
---|
4156 | count++;
|
---|
4157 |
|
---|
4158 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
|
---|
4159 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
|
---|
4160 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
---|
4161 | }
|
---|
4162 |
|
---|
4163 | #if 0
|
---|
4164 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical
|
---|
4165 | address. */
|
---|
4166 | if (map_first != NULL)
|
---|
4167 | {
|
---|
4168 | struct elf_segment_map *prev;
|
---|
4169 |
|
---|
4170 | prev = map_first;
|
---|
4171 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL; prev = map, map = map->next)
|
---|
4172 | {
|
---|
4173 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */
|
---|
4174 | if (map->next != NULL && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr))
|
---|
4175 | {
|
---|
4176 | /* Swap map and map->next. */
|
---|
4177 | prev->next = map->next;
|
---|
4178 | map->next = map->next->next;
|
---|
4179 | prev->next->next = map;
|
---|
4180 |
|
---|
4181 | /* Restart loop. */
|
---|
4182 | map = map_first;
|
---|
4183 | }
|
---|
4184 | }
|
---|
4185 | }
|
---|
4186 | #endif
|
---|
4187 |
|
---|
4188 | #undef SEGMENT_END
|
---|
4189 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
|
---|
4190 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
|
---|
4191 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
|
---|
4192 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
|
---|
4193 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
|
---|
4194 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
|
---|
4195 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
|
---|
4196 | return true;
|
---|
4197 | }
|
---|
4198 |
|
---|
4199 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
|
---|
4200 | field, and sometimes the info field. */
|
---|
4201 |
|
---|
4202 | boolean
|
---|
4203 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec)
|
---|
4204 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
4205 | asection *isec;
|
---|
4206 | bfd *obfd;
|
---|
4207 | asection *osec;
|
---|
4208 | {
|
---|
4209 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
|
---|
4210 |
|
---|
4211 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
4212 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
4213 | return true;
|
---|
4214 |
|
---|
4215 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
|
---|
4216 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
|
---|
4217 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section
|
---|
4218 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
|
---|
4219 | already been worked out. */
|
---|
4220 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL
|
---|
4221 | && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
|
---|
4222 | {
|
---|
4223 | asection *s;
|
---|
4224 |
|
---|
4225 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC
|
---|
4226 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is
|
---|
4227 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy
|
---|
4228 | won't call this routine in that case. */
|
---|
4229 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
4230 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
---|
4231 | break;
|
---|
4232 | if (s == NULL)
|
---|
4233 | {
|
---|
4234 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
|
---|
4235 | return false;
|
---|
4236 | }
|
---|
4237 | }
|
---|
4238 |
|
---|
4239 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
|
---|
4240 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
|
---|
4241 |
|
---|
4242 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
---|
4245 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
|
---|
4246 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
|
---|
4247 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
|
---|
4248 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
|
---|
4249 |
|
---|
4250 | elf_section_data (osec)->use_rela_p
|
---|
4251 | = elf_section_data (isec)->use_rela_p;
|
---|
4252 |
|
---|
4253 | return true;
|
---|
4254 | }
|
---|
4255 |
|
---|
4256 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
|
---|
4257 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
|
---|
4258 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
|
---|
4259 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
|
---|
4260 | swap_out_syms function. */
|
---|
4261 |
|
---|
4262 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
|
---|
4263 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
|
---|
4264 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 3)
|
---|
4265 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 4)
|
---|
4266 |
|
---|
4267 | boolean
|
---|
4268 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg)
|
---|
4269 | bfd *ibfd;
|
---|
4270 | asymbol *isymarg;
|
---|
4271 | bfd *obfd;
|
---|
4272 | asymbol *osymarg;
|
---|
4273 | {
|
---|
4274 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
|
---|
4275 |
|
---|
4276 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
---|
4277 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
4278 | return true;
|
---|
4279 |
|
---|
4280 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
|
---|
4281 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
|
---|
4282 |
|
---|
4283 | if (isym != NULL
|
---|
4284 | && osym != NULL
|
---|
4285 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
|
---|
4286 | {
|
---|
4287 | unsigned int shndx;
|
---|
4288 |
|
---|
4289 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
---|
4290 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
|
---|
4291 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
|
---|
4292 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
|
---|
4293 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
|
---|
4294 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
|
---|
4295 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
|
---|
4296 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
|
---|
4297 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
|
---|
4298 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
---|
4299 | }
|
---|
4300 |
|
---|
4301 | return true;
|
---|
4302 | }
|
---|
4303 |
|
---|
4304 | /* Swap out the symbols. */
|
---|
4305 |
|
---|
4306 | static boolean
|
---|
4307 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp, relocatable_p)
|
---|
4308 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4309 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp;
|
---|
4310 | int relocatable_p;
|
---|
4311 | {
|
---|
4312 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
---|
4313 |
|
---|
4314 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
|
---|
4315 | return false;
|
---|
4316 |
|
---|
4317 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */
|
---|
4318 | {
|
---|
4319 | int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
---|
4320 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
---|
4321 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
|
---|
4322 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
---|
4323 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
|
---|
4324 | char *outbound_syms;
|
---|
4325 | int idx;
|
---|
4326 |
|
---|
4327 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
|
---|
4328 | if (stt == NULL)
|
---|
4329 | return false;
|
---|
4330 |
|
---|
4331 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
4332 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
|
---|
4333 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
4334 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
|
---|
4335 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
|
---|
4336 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
|
---|
4337 |
|
---|
4338 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
---|
4339 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
4340 |
|
---|
4341 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
---|
4342 | (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym);
|
---|
4343 | if (outbound_syms == NULL)
|
---|
4344 | return false;
|
---|
4345 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms;
|
---|
4346 |
|
---|
4347 | /* now generate the data (for "contents") */
|
---|
4348 | {
|
---|
4349 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
|
---|
4350 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
---|
4351 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
---|
4352 | sym.st_value = 0;
|
---|
4353 | sym.st_size = 0;
|
---|
4354 | sym.st_info = 0;
|
---|
4355 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
---|
4356 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
---|
4357 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms);
|
---|
4358 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
4359 | }
|
---|
4360 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
---|
4361 | {
|
---|
4362 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
---|
4363 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
|
---|
4364 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
|
---|
4365 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
|
---|
4366 | int type;
|
---|
4367 |
|
---|
4368 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
|
---|
4369 | {
|
---|
4370 | /* Section symbols have no name. */
|
---|
4371 | sym.st_name = 0;
|
---|
4372 | }
|
---|
4373 | else
|
---|
4374 | {
|
---|
4375 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
|
---|
4376 | syms[idx]->name,
|
---|
4377 | true, false);
|
---|
4378 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
---|
4379 | return false;
|
---|
4380 | }
|
---|
4381 |
|
---|
4382 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
|
---|
4383 |
|
---|
4384 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
---|
4385 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
---|
4386 | {
|
---|
4387 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
|
---|
4388 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
|
---|
4389 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
|
---|
4390 | sym.st_size = value;
|
---|
4391 | if (type_ptr == NULL
|
---|
4392 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
|
---|
4393 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
|
---|
4394 | else
|
---|
4395 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
---|
4396 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
|
---|
4397 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
|
---|
4398 | }
|
---|
4399 | else
|
---|
4400 | {
|
---|
4401 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
|
---|
4402 | int shndx;
|
---|
4403 |
|
---|
4404 | if (sec->output_section)
|
---|
4405 | {
|
---|
4406 | value += sec->output_offset;
|
---|
4407 | sec = sec->output_section;
|
---|
4408 | }
|
---|
4409 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
|
---|
4410 | if (! relocatable_p)
|
---|
4411 | value += sec->vma;
|
---|
4412 | sym.st_value = value;
|
---|
4413 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
|
---|
4414 |
|
---|
4415 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
|
---|
4416 | && type_ptr != NULL
|
---|
4417 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
|
---|
4418 | {
|
---|
4419 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
|
---|
4420 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
|
---|
4421 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */
|
---|
4422 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
---|
4423 | switch (shndx)
|
---|
4424 | {
|
---|
4425 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
|
---|
4426 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
---|
4427 | break;
|
---|
4428 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
|
---|
4429 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
|
---|
4430 | break;
|
---|
4431 | case MAP_STRTAB:
|
---|
4432 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
|
---|
4433 | break;
|
---|
4434 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
|
---|
4435 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
|
---|
4436 | break;
|
---|
4437 | default:
|
---|
4438 | break;
|
---|
4439 | }
|
---|
4440 | }
|
---|
4441 | else
|
---|
4442 | {
|
---|
4443 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
---|
4444 |
|
---|
4445 | if (shndx == -1)
|
---|
4446 | {
|
---|
4447 | asection *sec2;
|
---|
4448 |
|
---|
4449 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
|
---|
4450 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
|
---|
4451 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to
|
---|
4452 | demand of applications. For example, it
|
---|
4453 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the
|
---|
4454 | section of a symbol to be a section that is
|
---|
4455 | actually in the output file. */
|
---|
4456 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
|
---|
4457 | BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0);
|
---|
4458 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
|
---|
4459 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
|
---|
4460 | }
|
---|
4461 | }
|
---|
4462 |
|
---|
4463 | sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
---|
4464 | }
|
---|
4465 |
|
---|
4466 | if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
|
---|
4467 | type = STT_FUNC;
|
---|
4468 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
|
---|
4469 | type = STT_OBJECT;
|
---|
4470 | else
|
---|
4471 | type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
---|
4472 |
|
---|
4473 | /* Processor-specific types */
|
---|
4474 | if (type_ptr != NULL
|
---|
4475 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
---|
4476 | type = (*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type);
|
---|
4477 |
|
---|
4478 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
---|
4479 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
|
---|
4480 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
---|
4481 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
|
---|
4482 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
---|
4483 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
---|
4484 | ? STB_WEAK
|
---|
4485 | : STB_GLOBAL),
|
---|
4486 | type);
|
---|
4487 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
|
---|
4488 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
|
---|
4489 | else
|
---|
4490 | {
|
---|
4491 | int bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
---|
4492 |
|
---|
4493 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
|
---|
4494 | bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
---|
4495 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
---|
4496 | bind = STB_WEAK;
|
---|
4497 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
---|
4498 | bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
---|
4499 |
|
---|
4500 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
|
---|
4501 | }
|
---|
4502 |
|
---|
4503 | if (type_ptr != NULL)
|
---|
4504 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
---|
4505 | else
|
---|
4506 | sym.st_other = 0;
|
---|
4507 |
|
---|
4508 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms);
|
---|
4509 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
4510 | }
|
---|
4511 |
|
---|
4512 | *sttp = stt;
|
---|
4513 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
|
---|
4514 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
---|
4515 |
|
---|
4516 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
---|
4517 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
---|
4518 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
---|
4519 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
---|
4520 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
---|
4521 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
---|
4522 | }
|
---|
4523 |
|
---|
4524 | return true;
|
---|
4525 | }
|
---|
4526 |
|
---|
4527 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
|
---|
4528 |
|
---|
4529 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
|
---|
4530 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
|
---|
4531 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
|
---|
4532 |
|
---|
4533 | long
|
---|
4534 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
4535 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4536 | {
|
---|
4537 | long symcount;
|
---|
4538 | long symtab_size;
|
---|
4539 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
---|
4540 |
|
---|
4541 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
4542 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
---|
4543 |
|
---|
4544 | return symtab_size;
|
---|
4545 | }
|
---|
4546 |
|
---|
4547 | long
|
---|
4548 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
4549 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4550 | {
|
---|
4551 | long symcount;
|
---|
4552 | long symtab_size;
|
---|
4553 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
---|
4554 |
|
---|
4555 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
4556 | {
|
---|
4557 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
---|
4558 | return -1;
|
---|
4559 | }
|
---|
4560 |
|
---|
4561 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
---|
4562 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
---|
4563 |
|
---|
4564 | return symtab_size;
|
---|
4565 | }
|
---|
4566 |
|
---|
4567 | long
|
---|
4568 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
|
---|
4569 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
4570 | sec_ptr asect;
|
---|
4571 | {
|
---|
4572 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
|
---|
4573 | }
|
---|
4574 |
|
---|
4575 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
|
---|
4576 |
|
---|
4577 | long
|
---|
4578 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
|
---|
4579 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4580 | sec_ptr section;
|
---|
4581 | arelent **relptr;
|
---|
4582 | asymbol **symbols;
|
---|
4583 | {
|
---|
4584 | arelent *tblptr;
|
---|
4585 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
4586 |
|
---|
4587 | if (! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd,
|
---|
4588 | section,
|
---|
4589 | symbols,
|
---|
4590 | false))
|
---|
4591 | return -1;
|
---|
4592 |
|
---|
4593 | tblptr = section->relocation;
|
---|
4594 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
|
---|
4595 | *relptr++ = tblptr++;
|
---|
4596 |
|
---|
4597 | *relptr = NULL;
|
---|
4598 |
|
---|
4599 | return section->reloc_count;
|
---|
4600 | }
|
---|
4601 |
|
---|
4602 | long
|
---|
4603 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
---|
4604 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4605 | asymbol **alocation;
|
---|
4606 | {
|
---|
4607 | long symcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table
|
---|
4608 | (abfd, alocation, false);
|
---|
4609 |
|
---|
4610 | if (symcount >= 0)
|
---|
4611 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
|
---|
4612 | return symcount;
|
---|
4613 | }
|
---|
4614 |
|
---|
4615 | long
|
---|
4616 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation)
|
---|
4617 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4618 | asymbol **alocation;
|
---|
4619 | {
|
---|
4620 | return get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table
|
---|
4621 | (abfd, alocation, true);
|
---|
4622 | }
|
---|
4623 |
|
---|
4624 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any
|
---|
4625 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type
|
---|
4626 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is
|
---|
4627 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
|
---|
4628 |
|
---|
4629 | long
|
---|
4630 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
4631 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4632 | {
|
---|
4633 | long ret;
|
---|
4634 | asection *s;
|
---|
4635 |
|
---|
4636 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
4637 | {
|
---|
4638 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
---|
4639 | return -1;
|
---|
4640 | }
|
---|
4641 |
|
---|
4642 | ret = sizeof (arelent *);
|
---|
4643 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
4644 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
---|
4645 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
---|
4646 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
---|
4647 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
|
---|
4648 | * sizeof (arelent *));
|
---|
4649 |
|
---|
4650 | return ret;
|
---|
4651 | }
|
---|
4652 |
|
---|
4653 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return
|
---|
4654 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are
|
---|
4655 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which
|
---|
4656 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there
|
---|
4657 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually
|
---|
4658 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses
|
---|
4659 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc
|
---|
4660 | section. */
|
---|
4661 |
|
---|
4662 | long
|
---|
4663 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms)
|
---|
4664 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4665 | arelent **storage;
|
---|
4666 | asymbol **syms;
|
---|
4667 | {
|
---|
4668 | boolean (*slurp_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean));
|
---|
4669 | asection *s;
|
---|
4670 | long ret;
|
---|
4671 |
|
---|
4672 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
---|
4673 | {
|
---|
4674 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
---|
4675 | return -1;
|
---|
4676 | }
|
---|
4677 |
|
---|
4678 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
|
---|
4679 | ret = 0;
|
---|
4680 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
---|
4681 | {
|
---|
4682 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
---|
4683 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
---|
4684 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
---|
4685 | {
|
---|
4686 | arelent *p;
|
---|
4687 | long count, i;
|
---|
4688 |
|
---|
4689 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, true))
|
---|
4690 | return -1;
|
---|
4691 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
|
---|
4692 | p = s->relocation;
|
---|
4693 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
---|
4694 | *storage++ = p++;
|
---|
4695 | ret += count;
|
---|
4696 | }
|
---|
4697 | }
|
---|
4698 |
|
---|
4699 | *storage = NULL;
|
---|
4700 |
|
---|
4701 | return ret;
|
---|
4702 | }
|
---|
4703 | |
---|
4704 |
|
---|
4705 | /* Read in the version information. */
|
---|
4706 |
|
---|
4707 | boolean
|
---|
4708 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)
|
---|
4709 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4710 | {
|
---|
4711 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
---|
4712 |
|
---|
4713 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
4714 | {
|
---|
4715 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
4716 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
|
---|
4717 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
|
---|
4718 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
|
---|
4719 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
|
---|
4720 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
4721 | unsigned int maxidx;
|
---|
4722 |
|
---|
4723 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
|
---|
4724 |
|
---|
4725 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
---|
4726 | if (contents == NULL)
|
---|
4727 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4728 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
4729 | || bfd_read ((PTR) contents, 1, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
4730 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4731 |
|
---|
4732 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
|
---|
4733 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
|
---|
4734 | the maximum. */
|
---|
4735 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
---|
4736 | maxidx = 0;
|
---|
4737 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
|
---|
4738 | {
|
---|
4739 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
---|
4740 |
|
---|
4741 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
|
---|
4742 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
|
---|
4743 |
|
---|
4744 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
---|
4745 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
|
---|
4746 | }
|
---|
4747 |
|
---|
4748 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef =
|
---|
4749 | ((Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
|
---|
4750 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)));
|
---|
4751 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
---|
4752 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4753 |
|
---|
4754 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
|
---|
4755 |
|
---|
4756 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
---|
4757 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
|
---|
4758 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
|
---|
4759 | {
|
---|
4760 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
|
---|
4761 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
|
---|
4762 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
4763 |
|
---|
4764 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
---|
4765 |
|
---|
4766 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
|
---|
4767 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
|
---|
4768 |
|
---|
4769 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
|
---|
4770 |
|
---|
4771 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((Elf_Internal_Verdaux *)
|
---|
4772 | bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
---|
4773 | (iverdef->vd_cnt
|
---|
4774 | * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux))));
|
---|
4775 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
|
---|
4776 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4777 |
|
---|
4778 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
---|
4779 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
|
---|
4780 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
|
---|
4781 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
|
---|
4782 | {
|
---|
4783 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
|
---|
4784 |
|
---|
4785 | iverdaux->vda_nodename =
|
---|
4786 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
---|
4787 | iverdaux->vda_name);
|
---|
4788 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
|
---|
4789 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4790 |
|
---|
4791 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
|
---|
4792 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
|
---|
4793 | else
|
---|
4794 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
|
---|
4795 |
|
---|
4796 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
---|
4797 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
|
---|
4798 | }
|
---|
4799 |
|
---|
4800 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
|
---|
4801 |
|
---|
4802 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
---|
4803 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
|
---|
4804 | else
|
---|
4805 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
|
---|
4806 |
|
---|
4807 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
---|
4808 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
|
---|
4809 | }
|
---|
4810 |
|
---|
4811 | free (contents);
|
---|
4812 | contents = NULL;
|
---|
4813 | }
|
---|
4814 |
|
---|
4815 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
---|
4816 | {
|
---|
4817 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
4818 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
|
---|
4819 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
|
---|
4820 | unsigned int i;
|
---|
4821 |
|
---|
4822 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
|
---|
4823 |
|
---|
4824 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref =
|
---|
4825 | ((Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
|
---|
4826 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)));
|
---|
4827 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
|
---|
4828 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4829 |
|
---|
4830 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
|
---|
4831 |
|
---|
4832 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
---|
4833 | if (contents == NULL)
|
---|
4834 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4835 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
---|
4836 | || bfd_read ((PTR) contents, 1, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
|
---|
4837 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4838 |
|
---|
4839 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
|
---|
4840 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
---|
4841 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
|
---|
4842 | {
|
---|
4843 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
|
---|
4844 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
|
---|
4845 | unsigned int j;
|
---|
4846 |
|
---|
4847 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
|
---|
4848 |
|
---|
4849 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
|
---|
4850 |
|
---|
4851 | iverneed->vn_filename =
|
---|
4852 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
---|
4853 | iverneed->vn_file);
|
---|
4854 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
|
---|
4855 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4856 |
|
---|
4857 | iverneed->vn_auxptr =
|
---|
4858 | ((Elf_Internal_Vernaux *)
|
---|
4859 | bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
---|
4860 | iverneed->vn_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)));
|
---|
4861 |
|
---|
4862 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
---|
4863 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
|
---|
4864 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
|
---|
4865 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
|
---|
4866 | {
|
---|
4867 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
|
---|
4868 |
|
---|
4869 | ivernaux->vna_nodename =
|
---|
4870 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
---|
4871 | ivernaux->vna_name);
|
---|
4872 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
|
---|
4873 | goto error_return;
|
---|
4874 |
|
---|
4875 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
|
---|
4876 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
|
---|
4877 | else
|
---|
4878 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
|
---|
4879 |
|
---|
4880 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
---|
4881 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
|
---|
4882 | }
|
---|
4883 |
|
---|
4884 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
---|
4885 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
|
---|
4886 | else
|
---|
4887 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
|
---|
4888 |
|
---|
4889 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
|
---|
4890 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
|
---|
4891 | }
|
---|
4892 |
|
---|
4893 | free (contents);
|
---|
4894 | contents = NULL;
|
---|
4895 | }
|
---|
4896 |
|
---|
4897 | return true;
|
---|
4898 |
|
---|
4899 | error_return:
|
---|
4900 | if (contents == NULL)
|
---|
4901 | free (contents);
|
---|
4902 | return false;
|
---|
4903 | }
|
---|
4904 | |
---|
4905 |
|
---|
4906 | asymbol *
|
---|
4907 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
|
---|
4908 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4909 | {
|
---|
4910 | elf_symbol_type *newsym;
|
---|
4911 |
|
---|
4912 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
|
---|
4913 | if (!newsym)
|
---|
4914 | return NULL;
|
---|
4915 | else
|
---|
4916 | {
|
---|
4917 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
|
---|
4918 | return &newsym->symbol;
|
---|
4919 | }
|
---|
4920 | }
|
---|
4921 |
|
---|
4922 | void
|
---|
4923 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
|
---|
4924 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
4925 | asymbol *symbol;
|
---|
4926 | symbol_info *ret;
|
---|
4927 | {
|
---|
4928 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
|
---|
4929 | }
|
---|
4930 |
|
---|
4931 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
|
---|
4932 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
|
---|
4933 | override it. */
|
---|
4934 |
|
---|
4935 | boolean
|
---|
4936 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
|
---|
4937 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
4938 | const char *name;
|
---|
4939 | {
|
---|
4940 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
|
---|
4941 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
|
---|
4942 | return true;
|
---|
4943 |
|
---|
4944 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
|
---|
4945 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
|
---|
4946 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
|
---|
4947 | return true;
|
---|
4948 |
|
---|
4949 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
|
---|
4950 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
|
---|
4951 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
|
---|
4952 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
|
---|
4953 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
|
---|
4954 | we treat such symbols as local. */
|
---|
4955 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
|
---|
4956 | return true;
|
---|
4957 |
|
---|
4958 | return false;
|
---|
4959 | }
|
---|
4960 |
|
---|
4961 | alent *
|
---|
4962 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol)
|
---|
4963 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
4964 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
4965 | {
|
---|
4966 | abort ();
|
---|
4967 | return NULL;
|
---|
4968 | }
|
---|
4969 |
|
---|
4970 | boolean
|
---|
4971 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
|
---|
4972 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
4973 | enum bfd_architecture arch;
|
---|
4974 | unsigned long machine;
|
---|
4975 | {
|
---|
4976 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
|
---|
4977 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */
|
---|
4978 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
|
---|
4979 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
|
---|
4980 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
|
---|
4981 | return false;
|
---|
4982 |
|
---|
4983 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
|
---|
4984 | }
|
---|
4985 |
|
---|
4986 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
|
---|
4987 | for error reporting. */
|
---|
4988 |
|
---|
4989 | static boolean
|
---|
4990 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
4991 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)
|
---|
4992 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
4993 | asection *section;
|
---|
4994 | asymbol **symbols;
|
---|
4995 | bfd_vma offset;
|
---|
4996 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
---|
4997 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
---|
4998 | {
|
---|
4999 | const char *filename;
|
---|
5000 | asymbol *func;
|
---|
5001 | bfd_vma low_func;
|
---|
5002 | asymbol **p;
|
---|
5003 |
|
---|
5004 | filename = NULL;
|
---|
5005 | func = NULL;
|
---|
5006 | low_func = 0;
|
---|
5007 |
|
---|
5008 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
|
---|
5009 | {
|
---|
5010 | elf_symbol_type *q;
|
---|
5011 |
|
---|
5012 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
|
---|
5013 |
|
---|
5014 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section)
|
---|
5015 | continue;
|
---|
5016 |
|
---|
5017 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
|
---|
5018 | {
|
---|
5019 | default:
|
---|
5020 | break;
|
---|
5021 | case STT_FILE:
|
---|
5022 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol);
|
---|
5023 | break;
|
---|
5024 | case STT_NOTYPE:
|
---|
5025 | case STT_FUNC:
|
---|
5026 | if (q->symbol.section == section
|
---|
5027 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func
|
---|
5028 | && q->symbol.value <= offset)
|
---|
5029 | {
|
---|
5030 | func = (asymbol *) q;
|
---|
5031 | low_func = q->symbol.value;
|
---|
5032 | }
|
---|
5033 | break;
|
---|
5034 | }
|
---|
5035 | }
|
---|
5036 |
|
---|
5037 | if (func == NULL)
|
---|
5038 | return false;
|
---|
5039 |
|
---|
5040 | if (filename_ptr)
|
---|
5041 | *filename_ptr = filename;
|
---|
5042 | if (functionname_ptr)
|
---|
5043 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
|
---|
5044 |
|
---|
5045 | return true;
|
---|
5046 | }
|
---|
5047 |
|
---|
5048 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
|
---|
5049 | for error reporting. */
|
---|
5050 |
|
---|
5051 | boolean
|
---|
5052 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
5053 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
|
---|
5054 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5055 | asection *section;
|
---|
5056 | asymbol **symbols;
|
---|
5057 | bfd_vma offset;
|
---|
5058 | const char **filename_ptr;
|
---|
5059 | const char **functionname_ptr;
|
---|
5060 | unsigned int *line_ptr;
|
---|
5061 | {
|
---|
5062 | boolean found;
|
---|
5063 |
|
---|
5064 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
5065 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
---|
5066 | line_ptr))
|
---|
5067 | {
|
---|
5068 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
---|
5069 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
5070 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
---|
5071 | functionname_ptr);
|
---|
5072 |
|
---|
5073 | return true;
|
---|
5074 | }
|
---|
5075 |
|
---|
5076 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
5077 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
---|
5078 | line_ptr, 0,
|
---|
5079 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
|
---|
5080 | {
|
---|
5081 | if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
---|
5082 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
5083 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
---|
5084 | functionname_ptr);
|
---|
5085 |
|
---|
5086 | return true;
|
---|
5087 | }
|
---|
5088 |
|
---|
5089 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
---|
5090 | &found, filename_ptr,
|
---|
5091 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
|
---|
5092 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
|
---|
5093 | return false;
|
---|
5094 | if (found)
|
---|
5095 | return true;
|
---|
5096 |
|
---|
5097 | if (symbols == NULL)
|
---|
5098 | return false;
|
---|
5099 |
|
---|
5100 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
---|
5101 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
|
---|
5102 | return false;
|
---|
5103 |
|
---|
5104 | *line_ptr = 0;
|
---|
5105 | return true;
|
---|
5106 | }
|
---|
5107 |
|
---|
5108 | int
|
---|
5109 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
|
---|
5110 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5111 | boolean reloc;
|
---|
5112 | {
|
---|
5113 | int ret;
|
---|
5114 |
|
---|
5115 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
---|
5116 | if (! reloc)
|
---|
5117 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
|
---|
5118 | return ret;
|
---|
5119 | }
|
---|
5120 |
|
---|
5121 | boolean
|
---|
5122 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
|
---|
5123 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5124 | sec_ptr section;
|
---|
5125 | PTR location;
|
---|
5126 | file_ptr offset;
|
---|
5127 | bfd_size_type count;
|
---|
5128 | {
|
---|
5129 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
---|
5130 |
|
---|
5131 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
---|
5132 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions
|
---|
5133 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
|
---|
5134 | return false;
|
---|
5135 |
|
---|
5136 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
|
---|
5137 |
|
---|
5138 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
---|
5139 | return false;
|
---|
5140 | if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
|
---|
5141 | return false;
|
---|
5142 |
|
---|
5143 | return true;
|
---|
5144 | }
|
---|
5145 |
|
---|
5146 | void
|
---|
5147 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
|
---|
5148 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5149 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5150 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5151 | {
|
---|
5152 | abort ();
|
---|
5153 | }
|
---|
5154 |
|
---|
5155 | #if 0
|
---|
5156 | void
|
---|
5157 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
|
---|
5158 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5159 | arelent *cache_ptr;
|
---|
5160 | Elf_Internal_Rel *dst;
|
---|
5161 | {
|
---|
5162 | abort ();
|
---|
5163 | }
|
---|
5164 | #endif
|
---|
5165 |
|
---|
5166 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
|
---|
5167 |
|
---|
5168 | boolean
|
---|
5169 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc)
|
---|
5170 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5171 | arelent *areloc;
|
---|
5172 | {
|
---|
5173 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
|
---|
5174 |
|
---|
5175 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
|
---|
5176 | {
|
---|
5177 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
|
---|
5178 | reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
---|
5179 |
|
---|
5180 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
|
---|
5181 | equivalent ELF reloc. */
|
---|
5182 |
|
---|
5183 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
|
---|
5184 | {
|
---|
5185 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
---|
5186 | {
|
---|
5187 | case 8:
|
---|
5188 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
|
---|
5189 | break;
|
---|
5190 | case 12:
|
---|
5191 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
|
---|
5192 | break;
|
---|
5193 | case 16:
|
---|
5194 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
|
---|
5195 | break;
|
---|
5196 | case 24:
|
---|
5197 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
|
---|
5198 | break;
|
---|
5199 | case 32:
|
---|
5200 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
|
---|
5201 | break;
|
---|
5202 | case 64:
|
---|
5203 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
|
---|
5204 | break;
|
---|
5205 | default:
|
---|
5206 | goto fail;
|
---|
5207 | }
|
---|
5208 |
|
---|
5209 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
---|
5210 |
|
---|
5211 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
|
---|
5212 | {
|
---|
5213 | if (howto->pcrel_offset)
|
---|
5214 | areloc->addend += areloc->address;
|
---|
5215 | else
|
---|
5216 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
|
---|
5217 | }
|
---|
5218 | }
|
---|
5219 | else
|
---|
5220 | {
|
---|
5221 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
---|
5222 | {
|
---|
5223 | case 8:
|
---|
5224 | code = BFD_RELOC_8;
|
---|
5225 | break;
|
---|
5226 | case 14:
|
---|
5227 | code = BFD_RELOC_14;
|
---|
5228 | break;
|
---|
5229 | case 16:
|
---|
5230 | code = BFD_RELOC_16;
|
---|
5231 | break;
|
---|
5232 | case 26:
|
---|
5233 | code = BFD_RELOC_26;
|
---|
5234 | break;
|
---|
5235 | case 32:
|
---|
5236 | code = BFD_RELOC_32;
|
---|
5237 | break;
|
---|
5238 | case 64:
|
---|
5239 | code = BFD_RELOC_64;
|
---|
5240 | break;
|
---|
5241 | default:
|
---|
5242 | goto fail;
|
---|
5243 | }
|
---|
5244 |
|
---|
5245 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
---|
5246 | }
|
---|
5247 |
|
---|
5248 | if (howto)
|
---|
5249 | areloc->howto = howto;
|
---|
5250 | else
|
---|
5251 | goto fail;
|
---|
5252 | }
|
---|
5253 |
|
---|
5254 | return true;
|
---|
5255 |
|
---|
5256 | fail:
|
---|
5257 | (*_bfd_error_handler)
|
---|
5258 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"),
|
---|
5259 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name);
|
---|
5260 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
---|
5261 | return false;
|
---|
5262 | }
|
---|
5263 |
|
---|
5264 | boolean
|
---|
5265 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd)
|
---|
5266 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5267 | {
|
---|
5268 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
|
---|
5269 | {
|
---|
5270 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
|
---|
5271 | _bfd_stringtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
---|
5272 | }
|
---|
5273 |
|
---|
5274 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
|
---|
5275 | }
|
---|
5276 |
|
---|
5277 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
|
---|
5278 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
|
---|
5279 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
|
---|
5280 | this reloc. */
|
---|
5281 |
|
---|
5282 | bfd_reloc_status_type
|
---|
5283 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (abfd, re, symbol, data, is, obfd, errmsg)
|
---|
5284 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5285 | arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5286 | struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5287 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5288 | asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5289 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5290 | char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
5291 | {
|
---|
5292 | return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
---|
5293 | }
|
---|
5294 | |
---|
5295 |
|
---|
5296 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
|
---|
5297 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
|
---|
5298 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
|
---|
5299 | out details about the corefile. */
|
---|
5300 |
|
---|
5301 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
|
---|
5302 | # include <sys/procfs.h>
|
---|
5303 | #endif
|
---|
5304 |
|
---|
5305 | /* Define offsetof for those systems which lack it. */
|
---|
5306 |
|
---|
5307 | #ifndef offsetof
|
---|
5308 | # define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((unsigned long) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER)
|
---|
5309 | #endif
|
---|
5310 |
|
---|
5311 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
|
---|
5312 |
|
---|
5313 | static int
|
---|
5314 | elfcore_make_pid (abfd)
|
---|
5315 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5316 | {
|
---|
5317 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
|
---|
5318 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
|
---|
5319 | }
|
---|
5320 |
|
---|
5321 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
|
---|
5322 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
|
---|
5323 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
|
---|
5324 | overwrite it. */
|
---|
5325 |
|
---|
5326 | static boolean
|
---|
5327 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect)
|
---|
5328 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5329 | char *name;
|
---|
5330 | asection *sect;
|
---|
5331 | {
|
---|
5332 | asection *sect2;
|
---|
5333 |
|
---|
5334 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
|
---|
5335 | return true;
|
---|
5336 |
|
---|
5337 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
5338 | if (sect2 == NULL)
|
---|
5339 | return false;
|
---|
5340 |
|
---|
5341 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size;
|
---|
5342 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
|
---|
5343 | sect2->flags = sect->flags;
|
---|
5344 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
|
---|
5345 | return true;
|
---|
5346 | }
|
---|
5347 |
|
---|
5348 | /* prstatus_t exists on:
|
---|
5349 | solaris 2.5+
|
---|
5350 | linux 2.[01] + glibc
|
---|
5351 | unixware 4.2
|
---|
5352 | */
|
---|
5353 |
|
---|
5354 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5355 | static boolean
|
---|
5356 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
5357 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5358 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5359 | {
|
---|
5360 | char buf[100];
|
---|
5361 | char *name;
|
---|
5362 | asection *sect;
|
---|
5363 | int raw_size;
|
---|
5364 | int offset;
|
---|
5365 |
|
---|
5366 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
|
---|
5367 | {
|
---|
5368 | prstatus_t prstat;
|
---|
5369 |
|
---|
5370 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
---|
5371 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
---|
5372 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
---|
5373 |
|
---|
5374 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
---|
5375 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
5376 |
|
---|
5377 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
---|
5378 | solaris 2.5+
|
---|
5379 | unixware 4.2
|
---|
5380 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
---|
5381 | linux 2.[01]
|
---|
5382 | */
|
---|
5383 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
|
---|
5384 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
---|
5385 | #endif
|
---|
5386 | }
|
---|
5387 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
|
---|
5388 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
|
---|
5389 | {
|
---|
5390 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
---|
5391 | prstatus32_t prstat;
|
---|
5392 |
|
---|
5393 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
---|
5394 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
|
---|
5395 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
---|
5396 |
|
---|
5397 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
---|
5398 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
5399 |
|
---|
5400 | /* pr_who exists on:
|
---|
5401 | solaris 2.5+
|
---|
5402 | unixware 4.2
|
---|
5403 | pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
---|
5404 | linux 2.[01]
|
---|
5405 | */
|
---|
5406 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
|
---|
5407 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
---|
5408 | #endif
|
---|
5409 | }
|
---|
5410 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
|
---|
5411 | else
|
---|
5412 | {
|
---|
5413 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
---|
5414 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
---|
5415 | return true;
|
---|
5416 | }
|
---|
5417 |
|
---|
5418 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
---|
5419 |
|
---|
5420 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
---|
5421 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
5422 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
5423 | return false;
|
---|
5424 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
---|
5425 |
|
---|
5426 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
5427 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
5428 | return false;
|
---|
5429 |
|
---|
5430 | sect->_raw_size = raw_size;
|
---|
5431 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offset;
|
---|
5432 |
|
---|
5433 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
5434 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
5435 |
|
---|
5436 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
---|
5437 | return false;
|
---|
5438 |
|
---|
5439 | return true;
|
---|
5440 | }
|
---|
5441 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
|
---|
5442 |
|
---|
5443 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. This
|
---|
5444 | actually creates up to two pseudosections:
|
---|
5445 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
|
---|
5446 | such a section already exists.
|
---|
5447 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
|
---|
5448 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
|
---|
5449 | Both pseudosections have identical contents: the contents of NOTE. */
|
---|
5450 |
|
---|
5451 | static boolean
|
---|
5452 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, name, note)
|
---|
5453 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5454 | char *name;
|
---|
5455 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5456 | {
|
---|
5457 | char buf[100];
|
---|
5458 | char *threaded_name;
|
---|
5459 | asection *sect;
|
---|
5460 |
|
---|
5461 | /* Build the section name. */
|
---|
5462 |
|
---|
5463 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
---|
5464 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
5465 | if (threaded_name == NULL)
|
---|
5466 | return false;
|
---|
5467 | strcpy (threaded_name, buf);
|
---|
5468 |
|
---|
5469 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, threaded_name);
|
---|
5470 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
5471 | return false;
|
---|
5472 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
---|
5473 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
---|
5474 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
5475 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
5476 |
|
---|
5477 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect))
|
---|
5478 | return false;
|
---|
5479 |
|
---|
5480 | return true;
|
---|
5481 | }
|
---|
5482 |
|
---|
5483 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
|
---|
5484 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
|
---|
5485 | data structure apart. */
|
---|
5486 |
|
---|
5487 | static boolean
|
---|
5488 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note)
|
---|
5489 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5490 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5491 | {
|
---|
5492 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
---|
5493 | }
|
---|
5494 |
|
---|
5495 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
|
---|
5496 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
|
---|
5497 | literally. */
|
---|
5498 |
|
---|
5499 | static boolean
|
---|
5500 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note)
|
---|
5501 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5502 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5503 | {
|
---|
5504 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
|
---|
5505 | }
|
---|
5506 |
|
---|
5507 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
|
---|
5508 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
---|
5509 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
---|
5510 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
---|
5511 | #endif
|
---|
5512 | #endif
|
---|
5513 |
|
---|
5514 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
5515 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
---|
5516 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
---|
5517 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
---|
5518 | #endif
|
---|
5519 | #endif
|
---|
5520 |
|
---|
5521 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
5522 |
|
---|
5523 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
|
---|
5524 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
|
---|
5525 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
|
---|
5526 |
|
---|
5527 | static char*
|
---|
5528 | elfcore_strndup (abfd, start, max)
|
---|
5529 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5530 | char *start;
|
---|
5531 | int max;
|
---|
5532 | {
|
---|
5533 | char *dup;
|
---|
5534 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
|
---|
5535 | int len;
|
---|
5536 |
|
---|
5537 | if (end == NULL)
|
---|
5538 | len = max;
|
---|
5539 | else
|
---|
5540 | len = end - start;
|
---|
5541 |
|
---|
5542 | dup = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
|
---|
5543 | if (dup == NULL)
|
---|
5544 | return NULL;
|
---|
5545 |
|
---|
5546 | memcpy (dup, start, len);
|
---|
5547 | dup[len] = '\0';
|
---|
5548 |
|
---|
5549 | return dup;
|
---|
5550 | }
|
---|
5551 |
|
---|
5552 | static boolean
|
---|
5553 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note)
|
---|
5554 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5555 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5556 | {
|
---|
5557 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
|
---|
5558 | {
|
---|
5559 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
|
---|
5560 |
|
---|
5561 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
---|
5562 |
|
---|
5563 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
---|
5564 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
---|
5565 |
|
---|
5566 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
---|
5567 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
---|
5568 | }
|
---|
5569 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
|
---|
5570 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
|
---|
5571 | {
|
---|
5572 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
---|
5573 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
|
---|
5574 |
|
---|
5575 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
---|
5576 |
|
---|
5577 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
---|
5578 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
---|
5579 |
|
---|
5580 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
---|
5581 | = elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
---|
5582 | }
|
---|
5583 | #endif
|
---|
5584 |
|
---|
5585 | else
|
---|
5586 | {
|
---|
5587 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
---|
5588 | note size (ie. data object type). */
|
---|
5589 | return true;
|
---|
5590 | }
|
---|
5591 |
|
---|
5592 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
---|
5593 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
---|
5594 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
---|
5595 |
|
---|
5596 | {
|
---|
5597 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
|
---|
5598 | int n = strlen (command);
|
---|
5599 |
|
---|
5600 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
---|
5601 | command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
5602 | }
|
---|
5603 |
|
---|
5604 | return true;
|
---|
5605 | }
|
---|
5606 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
|
---|
5607 |
|
---|
5608 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5609 | static boolean
|
---|
5610 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
5611 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5612 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5613 | {
|
---|
5614 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
|
---|
5615 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5616 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
|
---|
5617 | #endif
|
---|
5618 | )
|
---|
5619 | {
|
---|
5620 | pstatus_t pstat;
|
---|
5621 |
|
---|
5622 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
---|
5623 |
|
---|
5624 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
5625 | }
|
---|
5626 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
|
---|
5627 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
|
---|
5628 | {
|
---|
5629 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
---|
5630 | pstatus32_t pstat;
|
---|
5631 |
|
---|
5632 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
---|
5633 |
|
---|
5634 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
---|
5635 | }
|
---|
5636 | #endif
|
---|
5637 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
|
---|
5638 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
|
---|
5639 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
|
---|
5640 |
|
---|
5641 | return true;
|
---|
5642 | }
|
---|
5643 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
|
---|
5644 |
|
---|
5645 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5646 | static boolean
|
---|
5647 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
5648 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5649 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5650 | {
|
---|
5651 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
---|
5652 | char buf[100];
|
---|
5653 | char *name;
|
---|
5654 | asection *sect;
|
---|
5655 |
|
---|
5656 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
|
---|
5657 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5658 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
|
---|
5659 | #endif
|
---|
5660 | )
|
---|
5661 | return true;
|
---|
5662 |
|
---|
5663 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
---|
5664 |
|
---|
5665 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
|
---|
5666 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
|
---|
5667 |
|
---|
5668 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
---|
5669 |
|
---|
5670 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
---|
5671 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
5672 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
5673 | return false;
|
---|
5674 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
---|
5675 |
|
---|
5676 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
5677 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
5678 | return false;
|
---|
5679 |
|
---|
5680 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
---|
5681 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
---|
5682 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
---|
5683 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
---|
5684 | #endif
|
---|
5685 |
|
---|
5686 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
---|
5687 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
|
---|
5688 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
---|
5689 | #endif
|
---|
5690 |
|
---|
5691 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
5692 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
5693 |
|
---|
5694 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
---|
5695 | return false;
|
---|
5696 |
|
---|
5697 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
|
---|
5698 |
|
---|
5699 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
---|
5700 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
5701 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
5702 | return false;
|
---|
5703 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
---|
5704 |
|
---|
5705 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
5706 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
5707 | return false;
|
---|
5708 |
|
---|
5709 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
---|
5710 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
---|
5711 | sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
---|
5712 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
---|
5713 | #endif
|
---|
5714 |
|
---|
5715 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
|
---|
5716 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
|
---|
5717 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
|
---|
5718 | #endif
|
---|
5719 |
|
---|
5720 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
5721 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
5722 |
|
---|
5723 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect))
|
---|
5724 | return false;
|
---|
5725 |
|
---|
5726 | return true;
|
---|
5727 | }
|
---|
5728 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
|
---|
5729 |
|
---|
5730 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5731 | static boolean
|
---|
5732 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note)
|
---|
5733 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5734 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5735 | {
|
---|
5736 | char buf[30];
|
---|
5737 | char *name;
|
---|
5738 | asection *sect;
|
---|
5739 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
|
---|
5740 |
|
---|
5741 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
|
---|
5742 | return true;
|
---|
5743 |
|
---|
5744 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, note->descsz);
|
---|
5745 |
|
---|
5746 | switch (pstatus.data_type)
|
---|
5747 | {
|
---|
5748 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
|
---|
5749 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
|
---|
5750 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
|
---|
5751 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
|
---|
5752 | break;
|
---|
5753 |
|
---|
5754 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
|
---|
5755 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
---|
5756 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
|
---|
5757 |
|
---|
5758 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
5759 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
5760 | return false;
|
---|
5761 |
|
---|
5762 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
---|
5763 |
|
---|
5764 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
5765 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
5766 | return false;
|
---|
5767 |
|
---|
5768 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
|
---|
5769 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
|
---|
5770 | data.thread_info.thread_context);
|
---|
5771 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
5772 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
5773 |
|
---|
5774 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
|
---|
5775 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
---|
5776 | return false;
|
---|
5777 | break;
|
---|
5778 |
|
---|
5779 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
|
---|
5780 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
|
---|
5781 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
|
---|
5782 |
|
---|
5783 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
---|
5784 | if (name == NULL)
|
---|
5785 | return false;
|
---|
5786 |
|
---|
5787 | strcpy (name, buf);
|
---|
5788 |
|
---|
5789 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
---|
5790 |
|
---|
5791 | if (sect == NULL)
|
---|
5792 | return false;
|
---|
5793 |
|
---|
5794 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz;
|
---|
5795 | sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
---|
5796 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
---|
5797 | sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
---|
5798 | break;
|
---|
5799 |
|
---|
5800 | default:
|
---|
5801 | return true;
|
---|
5802 | }
|
---|
5803 |
|
---|
5804 | return true;
|
---|
5805 | }
|
---|
5806 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
|
---|
5807 |
|
---|
5808 | static boolean
|
---|
5809 | elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note)
|
---|
5810 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5811 | Elf_Internal_Note *note;
|
---|
5812 | {
|
---|
5813 | switch (note->type)
|
---|
5814 | {
|
---|
5815 | default:
|
---|
5816 | return true;
|
---|
5817 |
|
---|
5818 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5819 | case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
---|
5820 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
5821 | #endif
|
---|
5822 |
|
---|
5823 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5824 | case NT_PSTATUS:
|
---|
5825 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
5826 | #endif
|
---|
5827 |
|
---|
5828 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5829 | case NT_LWPSTATUS:
|
---|
5830 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
5831 | #endif
|
---|
5832 |
|
---|
5833 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
|
---|
5834 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
---|
5835 |
|
---|
5836 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
|
---|
5837 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
|
---|
5838 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
|
---|
5839 | #endif
|
---|
5840 |
|
---|
5841 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
|
---|
5842 | if (note->namesz == 5
|
---|
5843 | && ! strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX"))
|
---|
5844 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
|
---|
5845 | else
|
---|
5846 | return true;
|
---|
5847 |
|
---|
5848 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
---|
5849 | case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
---|
5850 | case NT_PSINFO:
|
---|
5851 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
|
---|
5852 | #endif
|
---|
5853 | }
|
---|
5854 | }
|
---|
5855 |
|
---|
5856 | static boolean
|
---|
5857 | elfcore_read_notes (abfd, offset, size)
|
---|
5858 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5859 | bfd_vma offset;
|
---|
5860 | bfd_vma size;
|
---|
5861 | {
|
---|
5862 | char *buf;
|
---|
5863 | char *p;
|
---|
5864 |
|
---|
5865 | if (size <= 0)
|
---|
5866 | return true;
|
---|
5867 |
|
---|
5868 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
|
---|
5869 | return false;
|
---|
5870 |
|
---|
5871 | buf = bfd_malloc ((size_t) size);
|
---|
5872 | if (buf == NULL)
|
---|
5873 | return false;
|
---|
5874 |
|
---|
5875 | if (bfd_read (buf, size, 1, abfd) != size)
|
---|
5876 | {
|
---|
5877 | error:
|
---|
5878 | free (buf);
|
---|
5879 | return false;
|
---|
5880 | }
|
---|
5881 |
|
---|
5882 | p = buf;
|
---|
5883 | while (p < buf + size)
|
---|
5884 | {
|
---|
5885 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
|
---|
5886 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
|
---|
5887 | Elf_Internal_Note in;
|
---|
5888 |
|
---|
5889 | in.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) xnp->type);
|
---|
5890 |
|
---|
5891 | in.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) xnp->namesz);
|
---|
5892 | in.namedata = xnp->name;
|
---|
5893 |
|
---|
5894 | in.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) xnp->descsz);
|
---|
5895 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
|
---|
5896 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
|
---|
5897 |
|
---|
5898 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
|
---|
5899 | goto error;
|
---|
5900 |
|
---|
5901 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
|
---|
5902 | }
|
---|
5903 |
|
---|
5904 | free (buf);
|
---|
5905 | return true;
|
---|
5906 | }
|
---|
5907 |
|
---|
5908 | /* FIXME: This function is now unnecessary. Callers can just call
|
---|
5909 | bfd_section_from_phdr directly. */
|
---|
5910 |
|
---|
5911 | boolean
|
---|
5912 | _bfd_elfcore_section_from_phdr (abfd, phdr, sec_num)
|
---|
5913 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5914 | Elf_Internal_Phdr* phdr;
|
---|
5915 | int sec_num;
|
---|
5916 | {
|
---|
5917 | if (! bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, phdr, sec_num))
|
---|
5918 | return false;
|
---|
5919 |
|
---|
5920 | return true;
|
---|
5921 | }
|
---|
5922 | |
---|
5923 |
|
---|
5924 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
|
---|
5925 |
|
---|
5926 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
|
---|
5927 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
|
---|
5928 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
---|
5929 |
|
---|
5930 | long
|
---|
5931 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (abfd)
|
---|
5932 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5933 | {
|
---|
5934 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
5935 | {
|
---|
5936 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
---|
5937 | return -1;
|
---|
5938 | }
|
---|
5939 |
|
---|
5940 | return (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum
|
---|
5941 | * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
---|
5942 | }
|
---|
5943 |
|
---|
5944 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
|
---|
5945 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
|
---|
5946 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
|
---|
5947 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
|
---|
5948 |
|
---|
5949 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
|
---|
5950 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
---|
5951 |
|
---|
5952 | int
|
---|
5953 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (abfd, phdrs)
|
---|
5954 | bfd *abfd;
|
---|
5955 | void *phdrs;
|
---|
5956 | {
|
---|
5957 | int num_phdrs;
|
---|
5958 |
|
---|
5959 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
---|
5960 | {
|
---|
5961 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
---|
5962 | return -1;
|
---|
5963 | }
|
---|
5964 |
|
---|
5965 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
---|
5966 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
|
---|
5967 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
---|
5968 |
|
---|
5969 | return num_phdrs;
|
---|
5970 | }
|
---|